Skip to main content

Full text of "The Improvement Era"

See other formats 


I 


-*4v.-? 


FEBRUARY,    1935 

Volume  38  Number  2 

Return  Postage  Guaranteed 
SALT   LAKE  CITY.   UTAH 


YOU  May  Secure  the  Scout  Picture  for  Framing 

Many  who  saw  the  Scout  Picture,  which  is  used  in  the  middle  of  this  issue 
of  The  Improvement  Era,  before  we  went  to  press,  thought  it  ought  to  be  made 
available  for  those  who  would  like  a  copy  for  framing.  We  have  decided, 
therefore,  to  have  it  reprinted  on  a  fine  grade  of  cover  paper  with  a  tint  block 
giving  it  a  two-color  effect,  upon  the  condition  that  we  get  approximately  1000 
orders  for  it.  We  will  mail  it  to  any  address  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  or 
the  British  Isles  for  25c  each.  Where  ten  or  more  are  ordered  and  may  be 
mailed  in  a  single  package  to  one  address,  they  may  be  had  for  15c  the  copy. 
If  you  want  one,  send  in  your  order  immediately.  Unless  we  have  the  orders 
at  once  we  cannot  furnish  the  pictures. 

We  think  this  double  spread  will  make  a  fine  wall-hanging  for 
the  boy's  room  and  will  be  especially  good  for  Scout  dens  and  rooms 
in  the  chapels.  Prints,  colored  individually  by  Paul  S.  Clowes,  the 
artist,  may  be  arranged  for. 

Order  Now — Send  Stamps,  Money  Orders,  or  Checks 
Be  Sure  to  Give  Name  and  Address  When  Ordering 

The  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

50  NORTH  MAIN  ST.,  SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 


The  Apostles  of  the  Church  for  100  Years 

February  14,  1835,  the  Quorum  of  the  Twelve  Apostles 
was  first  organized  in  this  dispensation.  Celebrating  this  im- 
portant event  and  the  One  Hundred  Fifth  Anniversary  of 
the  Organization  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter- 
day  Saints,  The  Improvement  Era  is  planning  a  historical  number  for 
April  which  will  contain  a  brief,  comprehensive  history  of  the  quorum. 

Events — Portraits — Maps — Historic  Scenes  and  Buildings 

These,  and  many  more  interesting  features  will  be  found  in  this  num- 
ber. Artists  are  already  at  work;  the  Church  Historian's  Office  is  lending 
its  support.  That  April  issue  is  to  be  a  "round  up"  of  a  hundred  and  five 
years  of  Mormonism. 

Extra  Copies  of  the  April  Number,  50c 

Our  Subscribers  Will  Receive  That  Number  at  no  Extra  Cost 


The  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


50  North  Main 


Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


REGENT  OF  HUNGARY  REVIEWING  BOY 

SCOUTS  OF  INTERNATIONAL  JAMBOREE 

GODOLLA,  HUNGARY. 


CODE 

Heber  J.  Grant,  Editor 
Harrison  R.  Merrill, 

Managing  Editor 

Elsie  Talmage  Brandley, 

Associate  Editor 

Organ  of  the  Priesthood  Quo- 
rums,   Mutual     Improvement 
Associations  and  Department 
of  Education 

Published  monthly  by  the 

GENERAL  BOARDS  OF  THE 

MUTUAL  IMPROVEMENT 

ASSOCIATIONS 

Melvin  J.  Ballard,  General  Mgr. 
Clarissa  A.  Beesley,  Associate  Mgr. 

EXECUTIVE    AND    EDITORIAL 

OFFICES: 
50    North    Main    Street,    Salt    Lake 

City,  Utah 

Copyright,  1932,  by  the  Young  Men's 
Mutual  Improvement  Association 
Corporation  of  the  Church  of  Jesus 
Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints.  All 
rights  reserved.  Subscription  price, 
$2.00  a  year,  in  advance;  zoc  Single 
Copy. 

Entered  at  the  Post  Office,  Salt 
Lake  City,  Utah,  as  second-class 
matter.  Acceptance  for  mailing  at 
special  rate  of  postage  provided  for 
in  section  1103,  Act  of  October, 
1917,    authorized    July    2,    1918. 


■^c^ggys*  <. 


WASHINGTON 
JAMBOREE 

■THE  site  has  been  select- 
ed; the  day  has  been 
set;  already  plans  are  un- 
der way;  one  Scout  from 
each  troop  is  eligible  to  go! 
President  Roosevelt  has 
said  that  the  poor  lad  who 
is  a  good  Scout  should  be 
given  the  opportunity  as 
readily  as  the  rich  lad  who 
is  a  good  Scout.  That 
means  early  planning  if 
troops  are  to  be  represent- 
ed. It  is  not  too  early  to 
begin  to  make  a  program. 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA 


Volume  38 


FEBRUARY,  1935 


Number  2 


EDITORIALS 

Scouting  and  Boys  Ruth  May  Fox  99 

A  Boy  and  a  Valentine E.  T.  B.  TT 

ARTICLES 

Frontispiece  Cyrus  E.  Dallin  66 

President  Roosevelt  Broadcasts  Invitation  to  National  Jamboree 68 

To  Latter-day  Saint  Leaders  of  the  Boy  Scout  Movement Heber  J.  Grant  69 

A  Tribute  to  Scouting  . Presiding  Bishopric  70 

Scouting  and  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  General  Superintendency  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  LA.  71 

Scouts  and  the  Church  Youth  Movement Dr.  James  E.  West  72 

Keeping  in  Step  With  Youth George  J.  Fisher,  M.  D.  73 

The  Church  Youth  Movement  Dr.   Ray  O.  Wyland  74 

Scouting  and  the  Latter-day  Saint  Church  in  Canada John  A.  Stiles  75 

Oscar  Comes  of  Age  in  Scouting 76 

In  Twenty-two  Years  L.  D.  S.  Scouting 77 

The  M.  I.  A.  Preserves  History John  D.  Giles  82 

Thomas  Hull,  Senior  Member  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  Passes 90 

Capitalizing  on  that  Urge  to  do  Something Weston  N.  Nordgren  91 

The  Hike  of  Inspiration Judge  Benjamin  DeBoise  as  told  to  Matilda  Rose  McLaren  92 

"The  Trail  Leads  Up"  Drawing  by  Paul  Clowes  96 

That  Power  Was  Mine! Governor  Harry  A.  Moore  98 

When  Winter  Comes  to  Canada     E.  L.  Chicanot  94 

Let's  Talk  About  Personality  Mildred  Baker  108 

The  Cover  1 2 0 

Dear  Bachelor  Girl Katie  C.  Jensen  128 

FICTION 

Ne'r-Do-Well Russell  Gordon  Carter  80 

A  Romance  of  Two  Cities,  A  Serial — Part  4 -Dorothy  Clapp  Robinson  88 

POETRY 

Choosing  Hour  Clarence  Edwin  Flynn  67 

Hand-Me-Down  Dog Mrs.  Ida  Powell  Brown  121 

Perseverance Grace  Kaye  116 

DEPARTMENTS 

Lights  and  Shadows  on  the  Screen . 100 

Melchizedek  Priesthood  101 

Aaronic  Priesthood  - 103 

Ward   Teaching   105 

Book  Reviews: 

The  Meaning  of  Culture 106 

This  Little  World  106 

Utah  Sings — An  Anthology  of  Utah  Verse 106 

The  Doctor  in  History 107 

The  Provincial  Lady  in  America 107 

Mutual  Messages 109 

Era  and  Publicity 110 

Adults    111 

Seniors    112 

M    Men 1 1 3 

Gleaner   Girls 114 

Vanguards 115 

Junior  Girls  116 

Bee-Hive   Girls 1 1  7 

Your  Page  and  Ours . Inside  Back  Cover 


A    MAGAZINE    FOR    EVERY    MEMBER    OF    THE    FAMILY 


66 


llil'lsl 


. -: ■:..    : 


MASSASOIT,    BY   CYRUS    E.    DALUN 

XFJE  have  selected  this  statue  of  a  well  known  Indian  by  this  famous  Utah 
sculptor  for  the  frontispiece  this  month,  because  Massasoit  was  a  great 
American,  and,  according  to  his  own  light,  a  really  splendid  Scout;  and  also 
because  Cyrus  E.  Dallin  is  a  pioneer  Utah  sculptor  who  has  gone  far  up  the  trail 
towards  the  sunlit  peaks  of  fame  still  carrying  in  his  heart  an  appreciation 
of  Indian  and  Pioneer  life.  His  "Appeal  to  the  Great  Spirit"  is  one  of  the  best 
known  pieces  of  sculpture  in  America. 

This  magnificent  figure,  heroic  in  size,  stands  in  the  rotunda  of  the  Utah 
State  Capitol. 


■■:::■■■  :-:■:■.■'       '  ':  ■'   ':':  :  ■  ':■   - 


■■   . 


fflBnHUHHSm 


oostfig 


CJ 


By  CLARENCE  EDWIN  FLYNN 

HERE  is  an  hour  somewhere  among  the  years 
When  each  one  in  the  -pathway  halts ,  and  hears 
Two  voices ',  deep  within  himself  apart^ 
Asking  the  adoration  of  his  heart. 

One  offers  him  the  kingdoms  of  the  earthy 
With  all  the  golden  glory  of  their  worth; 
One  offers  him  that  more  than  golden  goal — 
The  opportunity  to  build  a  soul. 


PRESIDENT 

FRANKLIN  0.   ROOSEVELT 


President  Roosevelt  Broadcasts 

Invitation  to  National  Jamboree 

PRESIDENT  ROOSEVELT  in  his  broadcast  on  February 
10th,  1934,  invited  Scouts  to  attend  a  National  Jamboree 
in  these  words: 

".  .  .  It  is  appropriate,  also,  that  we  are  planning  for  the 
celebration  of  the  Twenty-fifth  Anniversary  of  The  Boy  Scouts 
of  America,  which  will  culminate  in  a  great  National  Jamboree 
here  in  the  Nation's  Capital  in  the  summer  of  1935.  Of  course, 
it  would  be  physically  impossible  for  us  to  have  the  whole 
membership  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America,  a  million  strong, 
come  to  Washington  at  one  time,  but  I  much  hope  that  it  will 
be  possible  to  have  every  nook  and  cranny,  every  section  of  our 
Nation,  represented." 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt. 
President  of  the  United  States 
of  America. 

From  "Scouting" 


6$ 


PRESIDENT 
HEBER  J.   GRANT 


To  Latter-day  Saint  Leaders  of  the 
Boy  Scout  Movement 

I  AM  very  happy  to  give  the  Boy  Scout  movement  my  full 
endorsement.     For  many  years  as  acting  Superintendent  of 
the  Young  Men's  Mutual  Improvement  Association,  I  was 
active  in  the  promotion  of  this  program.     I  feel  that  thousands 
of  our  boys  have  been  helped  in  becoming  good  men  by  living 
up  to  the  principles  of  the  Boy  Scout  movement. 

"It  is  a  real  satisfaction  to  me  to  know  that  through  the  co- 
operation of  our  general,  stake  and  ward  officers  we  have  more 
Boy  Scouts  per  capita  than  any  other  church  in  the  United  States. 

"I  hope  that  our  Scout  leaders  will  remember  that  it  is  our 
privilege  and  obligation,  in  connection  with  the  promotion  of 
this  program,  to  see  that  our  boys  receive  also  proper  religious 
training  in  order  that  they  may  become  real  American  citizens." 

(Signed) 


From  Scouting  in   the  L.   D.  S.   Church 


President  of  the  Church  of 

Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints. 


69 


BISHOP  DAVID  A.  SMITH 


BISHOP  SYLVESTER   Q.   CANNON 


BISHOP  JOHN  WELLS 


A  Tribute  to  Scouting 

WE  are  happy  to  have  the  privilege  of  joining  in  paying  tribute  to 
Scouting  in  its  Silver  Jubilee  Anniversary  year.      We  appreciate 
fully  the  privilege  and  benefits  that  have  come  to  our  boys  through 
this  splendid  organization. 

We  are  especially  happy  that  during  this  jubilee  year  and  in  the 
future  greater  emphasis  is  to  be  placed  on  the  spiritual  and  church  activity 
phases  of  the  Scout  program.  As  we  observe  Scouting  in  operation  and 
study  its  objectives  as  outlined  in  the  publications  of  the  National  Council, 
it  seems  clear  that  spirituality,  reverence  and  church  service  are  fundamental 
in  the  program,  and  that  religious  activity  is  essential  to  the  best  type  of 
Scouting. 

We  are  grateful  to  the  many  splendid  Scout  Leaders  who  have  en- 
couraged and  assisted  members  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  in  their  quorum 
activities.  We  hope  that  the  splendid  cooperation  which  now  exists  between 
Aaronic  Priesthood  Chairmen  and  Supervisors  and  Scout  Leaders  will  still 
further  increase,  and  that  all  who  have  responsibility  for  the  leadership  of 
our  boys  and  young  men  will  join  in  an  effort  to  establish  a  firm  spir- 
itual and  religious  foundation  upon  which  to  develop  the  commendable 
virtues  of  strong  character,  good  citizenship  and  service. 

Congratulations  on  the  excellent  record  made  in  the  25  years  of 
Scouting  service  to  this  nation. 

Sylvester  Q.  Cannon, 
David  A.  Smith, 
John  Wells, 

Presiding  Bishopric, 


70 


::-  ■ ":     '      .   ■       " "    '  :":■  '  ■'   ■    ....  ■■-■■      ■■■;,:  ■--■::-":■  ,.:. 


SUPERINTENDENT    RICHARD   R.  LYMAN 


SUPERINTENDENT   GEORGE  ALBERT  SMITH 


SUPERINTENDENT  MELVIN  J.  BALLARD 


Scouting  and  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A, 

71  S  we  enter  the  Jubilee  Anniversary  year  of  Scouting  in  America  and  note  with 

_  pride  the  splendid  progress  being  made  in  Scouting  in  the  M.  I.  A.,  we  are  im- 

'  pressed  with  the  substantial  nature  of  the  religious  foundation  upon  which  this 

great  structure  has  been  builded.     Faith  in  God,  good  citizenship,  clean  living,  and 

personal  development  have  been  held  up  by  our  national  and  Church  leaders  as  the 

guiding  principles  of  this  outstanding  program  for  boys  and  young  men. 

It  is  especially -gratifying  to  us  that  the  youth  of  our  Church  have  the  privilege  of 
participating  in  an  international  program  that  harmonizes  with  the  principles  laid 
down  by  our  great  Pioneer  leader,  Brigham  Young,  to  guide  the  M.  I.  A.  The 
parallel  between  the  instructions  given  by  President  Young  and  a  portion  of  the 
Constitution  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America,  written  by  Dr.  James  E.  West,  Chief 
Scout  Executive,  is  striking. 

Brigham  Young  said:  "Let  the  keynote  of  your  work  be  the  establishment  in 
the  youth  of  individual  testimony  of  the  truth  and  magnitude  of  the  great  Latter-day 
work:  the  development  of  the  gifts  within  them  .  .  .  cultivating  a  knowledge  and 
an  application  of  the  eternal  principles  of  the  great  science  of  life.  .  .  .  Each  member 
will  find  that  happiness  .  .  .  mainly  depends  on  the  work  he  does  and  the  way  in 
which  he  does  it.  It  now  becomes  the  duty  of  these  institutions  to  aid  the  Holy 
Priesthood  in  instructing  the  youth  of  Israel  in  all  things  commendable  and  worthy." 

Dr.  West  wrote:  "The  Boy  Scouts  of  America  maintain  that  no  boy  can  grow 
into  the  best  kind  of  citizenship  without  recognizing  his  obligation  to  God.  .  .  . 
The  recognition  of  God  as  the  ruling  and  leading  power  in  the  universe  and  the 
grateful  acknowledgment  of  His  favors  and  blessings  are  necessary  to  the  best  type  of 
citizenship  and  are  wholesome  things  in  the  education  of  the  growing  boy.  No  matter 
what  the  boy  may  be — Catholic  or  Protestant  or  Jew — this  fundamental  need  of 
good  citizenship  should  be  kept  before  him." 

We  congratulate  the  National  Council,  the  Regional  Officers,  leaders  in  local 
,  councils,  and  the  great  army  of  Commissioners,  Scoutmasters,  Vanguard  leaders  and 
District  and  Troop  Committeemen  upon  the  achievements  of  Scouting. 

We  are  especially  grateful  for  the  splendid  cooperation  of  Aaronic  Priesthood 
leaders  throughout  the  Church,  which  has  assisted  so  splendidly  in  our  work. 

George  Albert  Smith, 
Richard  R.  Lyman, 
Melvin  J.  Ballard, 

General  Superintendency . 


71 


DR.  JAMES  E.  WEST 


Scouts  and  the  Church 
Youth  Movement 


AS  Scouting  celebrates  its  Silver  Jubilee  which 
marks,  this  year,  its  quarter  century  of  living 
and  doing  and  being  in  America,  it  is  a 
source  both  of  gratification  and  gratitude  to  me, 
looking  back,  to  realize  how  splendidly  from  the 
beginning,  Scouting  and  the  churches  have  joined 
forces,  worked  hand  in  hand  for  the  welfare  of 
youth,  its  progress  to  happy,  healthy,  high 
principled  manhood. 

Among  no  church  which  has  sponsored  Scout- 
ing have  we  met  with  more  wholehearted  and 
effective  cooperation  and  generous  support  than  in 
the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints, 
or  finer,  more  enthusiastic  leaders  of  unusually 
high  calibre.  The  State  of  Utah  has  a  larger  per- 
centage of  Scouts  in  its  boy  population,  I  am  told, 
than  any  other  state  in  the  Union  and  a  larger  per 
capita  Scout  membership  in  the  Mormon  faith 
than  that  of  any  other  religious  body  on  record. 
All  of  this  seems  to  me  deeply  significant, 
proves  not  only  that  we  are  offering  a  boy  pro- 
gram which  meets  the  needs  of  the  great  Church 
of  Jesus  Christ,  but  also  that  the  ideals  for  which 
that  Church  stands  are  substantially  the  ideals  of 
Scouting  itself,  the  "recognition  of  God  as  the 
ruling  and  leading  Power  of  the  Universe"  as  a 
fundamental  requisite  for  good  citizenship  and 
that  correlative  faith  that  only  by  living  clean, 
generous,  fine  lives,  serving  others  before  remem- 
bering oneself,  can  we,  either  as  boy  or  man, 
serve  God  properly. 

The  Youth  Movement  of  the  Mormon 
Church  is  in  every  way  in  accord  with 
the  very  things  we  are  working  for  in 
Scouting  in  our  Ten  Year  Program,  by 
which  we  hope  to  assure  that  out  of  ev- 
ery four  young  men  reaching  maturity 


72 


each  year  in  America,  at  least  one  will  have  been 
a  Scout,  and  have  been  one  long  enough  so  that 
the  full  value  of  Scouting  may  be  a  part  of  his 
future  life — a  life  founded  on  Scout  qualities  of 
honor  and  loyalty,  cheerful  and  intelligent  obe- 
dience to  law,  reliability,  courage,  the  habit  of 
clean  living,  clean  talking,  clean  thinking,  friend- 
liness to  all  people,  the  readiness  to  serve  at  all 
times,  in  small  ways  or  great,  the  love  of  the 
great  outdoors,  the  love  of  one's  neighbor,  in  the 
true  Christ  spirit,  the  love  of  God  with  all  it 
means  of  reverence  and  ethical  living,  the  realiza- 
tion of  why  we  are  here  on  earth  at  all,  which 
can  have  fundamentally  but  one  goal,  the  fur- 
therance of  the  Kingdom  of  God,  the  practical  re- 
alization of  "Peace  on  earth,  good  will  to  men." 

It  is  with  great  interest  that  we  read,  at  the 
National  Office  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America, 
of  the  splendid  work  being  done  for  and  with 
Scouts  in  connection  with  the  Mormon  Church, 
particularly  of  the  valuable  older  boy  program 
of  the  Vanguards  with  their  Sea  Scouting  and 
other  phases  of  worthwhile  activities,  and  hope 
that  shortly  it  will  be  possible  for  the  Church  to 
avail  itself  of  the  opportunities  offered  by  Cub- 
bing, our  younger  boy  program  for  pre-Scout 
age,  with  its  emphasis  on  the  home  hobbies  and 
group  recreation. 

May  the  Church  Youth  Program  move  for- 
ward with  its  tremendous  gift  to  young  people, 
who  today  perhaps  more  than  ever  in  our  jumble 
of  modern  living  need  the  steadying  influence  of 
noble  leadership,  under  the  banner  of 
a  great  ideal! 

Dr.  James  E.  West, 

Chief  Scout  Executive,  Boy 
Scouts  of  America. 


DR.  GEORGE  J.  FISHER 


Keeping  in  Step  with  Youth 


THESE  are  days  of  social  transition.  Great 
changes  are  being  made  in  the  social  life  of 
the  people  of  America  growing  out  of  the 
situation  projected  by  the  fact  that  there  are 
millions  of  unemployed  in  America  and  multi- 
millions  on  relief. 

Youth  in  this  generation  has  been  affected 
probably  as  in  no  other  period  of  American  life. 
We  are  in  the  midst  of  a  great  prospective  per- 
manent change  in  the  habits  of  the  American 
people  and  particularly  of  youth. 

The  education  of  youth  is  being  extended 
over  a  longer  period.  More  of  them  than  ever 
are  in  college.  Work  will  not  take  as  many 
hours  of  the  energy  of  youth  as  heretofore. 
There  will  be  energy  available  for  other  purposes. 
If  this  is  directed  wisely  it  may  result  in  a  finer, 
cultural,  richer  life,  providing  time  to  expend  in 
reading  and  in  the  arts  and  in  the  crafts  and  in 
social  service. 

Heretofore  business;  the  making  of  money; 
attention  to  work;  have  been  the  major  con- 
cerns of  life.  Now  life  will  be  more  evenly 
balanced.  It  may  prove  more  beautiful,  more 
lovely,  for  opportunity  is  at  hand  for  applica- 
tion to  the  finer  things. 

Therefore  the  days  of  pioneering  are  not  over. 
Here  are  new  youth  frontiers.  What  is  needed 
is  a  leadership  for  this  day  and  this  epoch. 

The  Mormon  Church  has  been  a  great  pio- 
neering Movement.  It  has  plowed  the  fields; 
broken  the  forests;  built  cities;  raised  up  taber- 


nacles; stood  by  its  youth  in  perilous  times  and 
in  momentous  epochs  of  their  experience. 

Today  there  comes  to  it  the  challenge  to  con- 
tinue along  with  youth,  to  help  give  direction 
to  them  in  these  modern  days,  to  help  pioneer 
the  new  society  and  see  to  it  that  youth  retains 
the  same  qualities  of  initiative,  of  self  dependence 
as  was  true  in  the  early  pioneering. 

The  Mormon  Church  stands  out  preeminently 
in  its  volunteer  service.  Its  leaders  are  high- 
minded.  They  seek  to  lead  youth  into  the 
paths  of  character.  The  Mormon  Church  is  the 
social  center  about  which  the  youth  of  the  Mor- 
mon communities  rotate.  Here  we  find  recrea- 
tion and  sports,  the  intermingling  of  the  sexes 
under  fine  direction.  Never  was  there  a  better 
opportunity  for  building  the  type  of  communi- 
ties that  are  based  upon  fellowship,  on  the  broad- 
ening of  life  in  all  its  relationships  than  now. 

The  Mormon  Church  is  preeminently  a  social 
church.  It  seeks  to  bring  the  influence  of  the 
church  into  all  its  relations  with  youth  and  thus 
spiritualize  those  relationships. 

May  I  express  to  the  leaders  of  the  youth 
movement  within  the  Mormon  Church,  many 
of  whom  I  know  intimately  and  respect  highly, 
my  sincere  felicitations,  my  best  wishes  for  ad- 
vance in  the  things  that  are  worthwhile  in  the 
new  year. 

George  J.  Fisher,  M.  D., 

Deputy  Chief  Scout  Executive, 
Boy  Scouts  of  America. 


73 


DR.  RAY  0.  WYLAND 


The  Church  Youth 
Movement 


I  AM  aware  of  the  vitality  of  Mormonism.     I 
have  been  impressed  with  its  method  of  or- 
ganization and   the  onward  sweep   of  this 
great  Church. 

I  have  been  especially  impressed  by  the  Youth 
Movement  within  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of 
Latter-day  Saints,  and  its  constructive  program 
of  youth  guidance  which  is  bringing  up  a  gener- 
ation of  young  men  and  women  possessed  with 
spiritual  insight  and  a  zeal  for  the  Kingdom  of 
God  which  is  unsurpassed  by  any  religious  group 
that  I  know. 

The  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day 
Saints  uses  the  Boy  Scout  Movement  in  a  larger 
way  than  any  other  Church  in  existence.  It 
has  a  larger  per  capita  of  Scouts  in  its  membership 
than  any  other  religious  body  on  record  and  the 
state  of  Utah  has  a  larger  percentage  of  Scouts 
in  its  boy  population  than  any  other  state. 

More  significant  than  mere  numbers  and  per- 
centages, the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter- 
day  Saints  has  developed  a  better  coordination 
of  Scouting  with  the  Church  program,  not  only 
in  the  younger  years  of  Scouts  1 2  to  15,  but  also 
in  the  late  adolescent  period  of  Vanguards  1 6  to 
18  and  older,  and  in  this  Senior  Program  there 
is  a  beautiful  correlation  of  Church  instruc- 
tion and  participation  in  the  Aaronic  Priesthood 
which  provides  a  further  development  of  youth- 


ful leadership  and  a  spiritualized  youth  move- 
ment in  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day 
Saints. 

We  are  thoroughly  convinced  that  there  is  no 
other  Church  that  has  given  more  intelligent  and 
effective  supervision  to  its  Scout  Troops,  and  we 
have  not  met  anywhere  in  our  Church  relations 
a  finer  group  of  men,  than  are  found  among  the 
leaders  of  this  Church. 

The  supreme  test  of  devotion  is  the  sacrifice 
it  will  make.  I  have  been  profoundly  impressed 
by  the  high  quality  of  young  men  who  visit  our 
National  Office  on  their  way  to  the  foreign  mis- 
sion field  and  return  two  or  three  years  later  with 
a  more  mature  and  serious  look  on  their  faces, 
having  fulfilled  the  missionary  purposes  of  the 
Church  as  expressed  in  the  injunction  "Go  and 
carry  the  good  tidings  to  all  men." 

I,  therefore,  again,  salute  the  Church  and  its 
leadership  from  the  Presidency  to  the  humblest 
of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  leaders  and  pledge  you 
every  cooperation  within  my  power  in  the  fur- 
ther development  of  your  youth  program  and 
the  spiritual  growth  of  your  young  men  and 
women. 

Ray  O.  Wyland, 

Director  of  Education  and 
Relations,  Boy  Scouts  of 
America. 


74 


CHIEF  EXECUTIVE  STILES  FUR- 
NISHED  NO  PORTRAIT.  WE 
SUBSTITUTED  THIS  BEAUTIFUL 
PORTRAIT  OF  A  CANADIAN 
WATER  FALL 


TWIN    FALLS— HELL    ROARING 
CANYON— WATERTON     LAKES 
NATIONAL    PARK,    ALBERTA, 
CANADA 


Scouting  and  the  Latter-day 
Saint  Church  in  Canada 


THE  Scout  Organization  in  Canada  has  been  very 
happy  in  its  relations  with  the  Latter-day  Saint 
Church.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  we  both  seem  to  be 
working  towards  the  same  end,  placing  the  greatest  em- 
phasis on  the  things  of  the  spirit.  It  has  been  most  en- 
couraging to  notice  the  number  of  special  training  courses 
organized  by  the  members  of  that  Church,  especially  in 
Alberta,  and  the  large  attendance  at  such  courses.  One  of 
my  great  delights  has  been  to  hear  the  Latter-day  Saint 
boys  sing.     In  that  I  think  they  excel  the  rest  of  us. 

There  was  a  time  when  the  Scout  movement  was  re- 
garded as  an  organization  separate  and  distinct  from  the 
Church.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  Scouting  is  not,  in  the 
ordinary  sense,  an  organization;  it  is  a  movement — a 
framework  of  certain  principles  common  to  practically 
all  religious  communions,  which  any  communion  may 
fill  out  with  its  own  distinctive  tenets  and  religious 
practices. 

That  Scouting  is  fundamentally  religious  has  repeatedly 
been  emphasized  by  its  founder,  Lord  Baden-Powell.  The 
first  promise  of  every  Scout  is  to  "do  his  best  to  do  his 
duty  to  God." 

Proof  that  the  movement  has  been  found  spiritually 
sound  is  given  by  the  steady  growth  of  Scouting  as  a 
church  activity  in  Canada  (as  in  other  countries)  ,  until 
today  the  majority  of  our  Scout  units  are  church  groups. 
Many  more  would  be  added,  if  suitable  meeting  places 
were  made  available  in  church  buildings,  and  numerous 
small  town  units  are  community  or  inter-church  groups 
only  because  of  the  dearth  of  suitable  leaders,  or  the  lack 
of  sufficient  number  of  boys  to  organize  effective  separate 
church  units. 

Scouting's  Value  to  the  Church 
Broadly,  the  definite  value  of  Scouting  to  the  church  is 
its  help  in  solving  the  age-old  problem  of  holding  boys  to 
the  church  and  Sunday   School  after   14   or   15   years  of 
age.     More  definitely,  its  value  is  its  effective- 
ness in  interpreting  religion  to  the  average  boy' 
in  concrete  terms  of  "doing"  and  preventing 
his  developing  the  attitude  that  to  be  religious 
is  somehow  to  be  lacking  in  manliness. 

The  Scouting  program  is  graduated  to  the 


boy's  mental  development  at  succeeding  psychological  stages. 
Through  these  stages  there  is  developed  an  ability  and 
inclination  to  participate  in  church  activities,  until  as  a 
young  man  the  Scout  quite  naturally  takes  an  active  place 
in   some  department  of  church   life  and  service. 

What  Scouting  Asks  of  the  Latter-day  Saint  Church 

Scouting  asks  of  the  church  its  blessing  upon  Scouting's 
effort  to  help  its  boys,  and  all  boys,  along  the  path  of 
practical  Christian  citizenship — indoor  accommodation  for 
at  least  one  meeting  a  week  for  each  section  of  the  Scout 
group — a  reasonable  amount  of  freedom  to  pursue  Scout 
methods  of  training — the  formation  of  a  Scout  Parents' 
or  Scout  Mothers'  Auxiliary —  (such  organizations  are 
most  helpful  in  many  ways,  including  the  maintenance 
of  an  understanding  contact  between  the  Scouter  and  the 
home) — on  the  part  of  the  clergyman  it  asks  for  fairly 
frequent,  if  brief,  visits  to  the  various  sections  of  the 
group  on  meeting  nights — discussion  with  group  leaders 
regarding  religious  observances  during  the  Summer  camp 
and  the  occasional  week-end  training  camps  for  patrol 
leaders,  when  these  are  held.  The  clergyman  will  find 
that  acting  as  group  chaplain  is  always  helpful  and  valu- 
able in  establishing  a  common  meeting  ground  for  himself 
and  the  boy. 

Limitations 

It  must  be  remembered  that  Scouting  is  not  intended 
to  be  the  major  or  dominating  activity  in  a  boy's  life. 
Its  scope  is  to  help  make  more  effective  and  assimilable 
the  religious  and  character  training  of  the  home,  the 
church,  and  the  school.  The  tremendous  growth  of  the 
movement  throughout  the  world  (the  active  membership 
today  is  over  2,200,000) — the  almost  universal  approval 
and  support  of  church  and  home  thus  indicated — all 
seem  to  argue  that  the  Scouting  program  is  a  dependable 
and  efficient  "framework"  upon  which  to  build  the  par- 
ticular religious  training  of  any  church. 


JOHN  A.  STILES, 

Chief  Executive  Commissioner, 
Canadian  General  Council,  The 
Boy  Scouts  Association. 


75 


THE  LITTLE  CHAP  IS  NOT  CHRIS- 
TOPHER COLUMBUS  BUT  HE  IS 
LEARNING  TO  CHART  A  COURSE 
FROM  THIS  MARINER  WHO  HAS 
LAUNCHED  MANY  CRAFTS  UPON 
THE  SEA  WHICH  LEADS  TO  FINE 
CHARACTER  AND  SERVICE.  THE 
PHOTOGRAPH  WAS  TAKEN  ON  THE 
PACIFIC  COAST  SHOWING  OSCAR 
POINTING    THE   WAY. 


Oscar  Comes  of  Age  in 

Scouting 


OSCAR  A.  KIRKHAM  has  been  in  Scouting 
leadership  for  twenty-one  years  and  has 
been  one  of  America's  leaders  at  three  of 
the  World  Scout  Jamborees — 1920,  London, 
England;  1929,  Birkinhead,  England;  and 
1933,  Godolla,  Hungary.  Scouts  of  every  color 
and  creed,  chattering  in  many  tongues  were 
present. 

He  has  been  the  guest  of  rulers  of  nations  and 
has  dined  with  nobility,  but  says  that  one  of  his 
greatest  privileges  came  last  year,  when  he  at- 
tended, as  an  American  delegate,  the  Interna- 
tional Conference  of  Scout  leaders  in  Hungary. 
The  representatives  of  fifty-six  nations  were 
present.  All  that  was  said  was  translated  and 
spoken  into  Hungarian,  French,  German  and 
English.  He  spoke  on  "Scout  activities  and  their 
relationship  to  World  Friendship  and  Peace." 
When  the  gentleman  translating  and  speaking 
French  began,  he  said,  "May  I  say  that  Mr. 
Kirkham  is  a  personal  friend  of  mine  and  he 
comes  from  far  away  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah.  He 
is  a  Mormon." 

It  was  a  thrill,  Oscar  said,  as  he  heard  the  in- 
terpreters speak  before  the  representatives  of  the 
fifty-six  nations,  the  word  "Mormon,"  for 
which  there  was  no  translation. 

Oscar  is  an  Honorary  Member  of  the  Boy 
Scouts  of  France  and  other  countries  of  Europe. 


OSCAR  IS  NOT  TALKING 
"WITH  KINGS,"  BUT  HE  IS 
IN  CONVERSATION  WITH  A 
SON  OF  A  PRINCE  IN  GODOL- 
LA, HUNGARY,  DURING  A 
WORLD  JAMBOREE. 


76 


CHIEF  OSCAR  A.  KIRKHAM 
IN  LONDON,  ENGLAND.  DUR- 
ING HIS  ATTENDANCE  AT 
THE  WORLD  JAMBOREE.  HE 
IS  IN  NATIVE  AMERICAN 
COSTUME  UNDER  A  FAMOUS 
TREE. 


In  22  YEARS 

L.  D.  S.  Scouting  Encircles  Globe 


The  Scout  Oath 

On  my  honor  I  will  do  my  best'. 

1.  To  do  my  duty  to  God  and  my  country,  and  to  obey  the  Scout  Law.  2.  To  help 
other  people  at  all  times.  3.  To  keep  myself  physically  strong,  mentally  awake,  and  mor- 
ally straight. 


NATIONAL  ANNIVER- 
SARY WEEK  this  year  will 
find  Scouting  under  L.  D.  S. 
supervision  encircling  the  globe. 
The  program  which  was  adopted 
by  the  Church  twenty-two  years 
ago  is  being  carried  on  in  practically 
every    ward    and    mission    in    the 


about  bringing  the  splendid  inter- 
national boy-program  into  their 
folds. 

In  a  statement  made  in  a  bro- 
chure issued  by  the  Mutual  Im- 
provement Association,  President 
Heber  J.  Grant  expressed  his  ap- 
preciation  of  the   movement   and 


ada,  Czecho-Slovakia,  Denmark, 
England,  France,  Germany, 
Hawaii,  Holland,  Hungary,  Ire- 
land, Mexico,  New  Zealand,  Nor- 
way, Samoa,  Scotland,  South  Af- 
rica, Sweden,  Switzerland,  and  the 
United  States.  That  means,  of 
course,  that  wherever  the  Church 


OSCAR   A.    KIRKHAM 


SURVIVING   MEMBERS  OF  THE  FIRST  M. 
B.  F.  GRANT 


I.  A.  SCOUT  EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE 
B.  S.   HINCKLEY 


JOHN    H.    TAYLOR 


Church  throughout  the  world. 
Though  there  is  little  L.  D.  S. 
Scouting  anywhere  in  Asia,  it  has 
gone  around  the  world,  carried  by 
the  missionaries,  by  way  of  Africa, 
Australia,  and  the  islands  of  the 
Pacific. 

The  General  Authorities  early 
gave  their  staunch  support  to  the 
movement  and  have  never  wavered 
from  that  early  stand  assumed 
when  some  churches  were  hesitating 


offered  his  continuous  support.  He 
said:  "I  am  very  happy  to  give  the 
Boy  Scout  movement  my  full  en- 
dorsement." (See  letter  under  his 
photograph  and  over  his  signature 
in  this  issue.) 

As  an  indication  of  how  widely 
the  Scout  movement  has  been  scat- 
tered under  the  direction  and  in- 
fluence of  the  L.  D.  S.  Church  we 
are  naming  the  countries  in  which 
the  Church  is  sponsoring  troops: 
Austria,  Australia,  Belgium,  Can- 


goes  with  its  program  for  the  tem- 
poral and  eternal  salvation  of  man- 
kind, the  Boy  Scout  program  fol- 
lows to  assist  in  building  manhood 
under  whatever  flag  waves  above 
the  land  in  which  the  troop  is  or- 
ganized. 

The  story  of  Scouting  in  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter- 
day  Saints  has  been  told,  in  brief, 
in  the  booklet,  "Scouting  in  the 
L.  D.  S.  Church."  That  story  we 
are  repeating  here: 


78 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


Story   of  Scouting  in  the 

Church  of  Jesus  Christ 

of  Latter-Day  Saints 

"THE  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  was  organ- 
*"  ized  June  10,  1875,  by  Junius 
F.  Wells  under  the  direction  of 
President  Brigham  Young.  Its 
purpose  was  to  provide  leisure  time 
activities,  particularly  along  spir- 
itual and  cultural  lines,  for  the 
young  men  of  the  Church.  Later, 
athletics  were  made  a  prominent 
part  of  the  program. 

"As  news  of  the  organization  of 
the  Boy  Scouts  of  England  in  1 909 
and  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America  in 
1910  was  received  by  our  Church 
leaders,  the  Scout  idea  was  investi- 
gated by  the  Athletic  Committee  of 
the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  and  in  the  sum- 
mer of  1911  the  Scout  movement 
was  officially  recognized  in  this  As- 
sociation. Scouting  with  its  spir- 
itual background  and  ideals  appeal- 
ed to  our  Church  leaders  as  an 
excellent  activity  program  for  its 
boys.  Even  before  that  time  some 
enterprising  boy  leaders  in  various 
parts  of  the  Church  had  organized 
troops  along  lines  recommended  by 
the  Boy  Scouts  of  America.  On 
November  29,  1 9 1 1 ,  on  motion  of 
President  Anthony  W.  Ivins,  then 
a  member  of  the  General  Superin- 
tendency  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A., 
the  M.  I.  A.  Scouts  were  officially 
organized  by  the  General  Board. 
It  was  provided  that  all  classes  of 
boys  from  12  to  18  years  of  age 
should  thereafter  be  known  by  that 
name.  (See  Improvement  Era  for 
January,  1912,  Vol.  15.) 

"From  that  time  Scouting 
moved  forward  in  the  Church  very 
rapidly.  In  The  Improvement  Era 
for  March,  1912,  Vol.  15,  was 
printed  the  first  statement  of  the 
purposes  and  plans  of  the  M.  I.  A. 
Scout  movement.  This  laid  the 
foundation  for  Scout  procedure  in 
the  M.  I.  A.  It  provided  that 
Scout  meetings  should  be  held  for 
thirty  minutes  immediately  pre- 
ceding or  following  the  regular  M. 
I.  A.  meeting  on  Tuesday  nights. 
In  this  statement  reference  was 
made  to  the  handbook  of  the  Boy 
Scouts  of  America  with  apprecia- 
tion for  the  splendid  idea  and  in- 
formation contained,  and  recom- 
mendations that  the  book  be  se- 
cured and  used  by  M.  I.  A.  leaders. 

"Dr.  John  H.  Taylor,  who  had 
previously  been  appointed  Athletic 
Director  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A., 
was  given  definite  responsibility  for 


promoting  Scout  work  in  the 
Stakes  and  Wards  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Athletic  Committee 
which  included  Lyman  R.  Mar- 
tineau,  chairman;  Hyrum  M. 
Smith,  Oscar  A.  Kirkham,  B.  F. 
Grant,  B.  S.  Hinckley,  and  John 
H.  Taylor. 

"At  the  June  Conference  of 
1 9 1 3,  on  Saturday  afternoon,  June 
7,  an  M.  I.  A.  day  celebration  was 
held  at  Wandamere  and  the  pro- 
gram was  devoted  entirely  to  Scout 
activities.  This  was  the  first  gen- 
eral Scout  gathering  in  the  Church. 

"The  first  lessons  for  the  M.  I. 
A.  Scouts  were  published  in  The 
Improvement  Era  for  January, 
1913,  Volume  16.  Twelve  les- 
sons were  included  covering  such 
subjects  as  the  Fundamentals  of 
Scouting,  Organization,  Leader- 
ship, etc.,  tying  of  knots,  troop 
drilling — following  United  States 
Infantry  regulations  for  the  pur- 
pose of  obtaining  discipline  and  ef- 
ficiency in  moving  the  troop  as  a 
body — Bandaging  and  First  Aid, 
the  Story  of  the  Flag,  physical  De- 
velopment, Stars,  Compass,  etc. 

"In  May,  1913,  the  M.  I.  A. 
Scouts,  upon  invitation  from  the 
National  Council  affiliated  with 
and  became  a  part  of  the  Boy 
Scouts  of  America.  The  official 
action  of  the  Executive  Board  of 
the  National  Council  was  taken 
May  2.  1913,  at  which  time  the 
General  Board  of  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 
was  issued  a  charter  covering  the 
entire  Church  and  Dr.  John  H. 
Taylor  was  given  a  special  com- 
mission as  representative  of  the  Na- 
tional Council  in  charge  of  all  M. 
I.  A.  Scouts.  At  the  same  time 
Oscar  A.  Kirkham  was  made 
Deputy  Commissioner.  The  Na- 
tional charter  of  the  M.  I.  A. 
Scouts  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  Amer- 
ica was  issued  May  21,  1913, 
which  becomes  the  official  date  of 
entry  of  the  M.  I.  A.  Scouts  into 
the  National  Organization. 

"This  arrangement  continued 
until  1919,  when  local  Councils 
were  organized  in  Salt  Lake  City 
and  other  sections,  Oscar  A.  Kirk- 
ham becoming  the  first  Scout  Ex- 
ecutive of  the  Salt  Lake  Council 
and  later  Associate  Regional  Ex- 
ecutive of  the  Twelfth  Region 
which  includes,  Utah,  Arizona, 
Nevada  and  California.  He  also 
became  affiliated  with  the  Regional 
Office  of  Region  Eleven  in  order 
that  he  might  have  contact  with 
Latter-day  Saint  Scouts,  particu- 
larly in  Idaho. 


"There  are  approximately  24,- 
000  Boy  Scouts  in  the  Church  in 
1934  which  includes  the  Van- 
guards who  are  Senior  Scouts. 
There  are  approximately  7,000 
Vanguards.  The  Vanguard  move- 
ment was  inaugurated  in  1928  and 
is  now  developing  rapidly  into  an 
aggressive  Older  Boy  Movement 
among  the  Scouts  of  the  Church. 
It  has  been  approved  by  the  Na- 
tional Council  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of 
America.  „   ^    ^    #   #   „ 

"L.  D.  S.  Scouts  are  now  or- 
ganized in  every  Stake  in  the 
Church  and  in  practically  all  of  the 
missions.  They  are  located  in  22 
different  countries.  The  record  of 
L.  D.  S.  Scouts  in  membership  and 
advancement  is  second  to  none 
among  similar  religious  groups  in 
all  the  world. 

"Scouting  continued  under  Y. 
M.  M.  I.  A.,  its  sole  sponsor,  until 
1928.  During  this  year  it  was 
named  as  the  activity  program  for 
the  Deacons  and  Teachers  of  the 
Lesser  Priesthood  of  the  Church  to 
come  to  the  boys  of  the  Church  of 
Deacon's  and  Teacher's  ages 
through  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.,  an 
auxiliary  and  aid  to  the  Priesthood. 

"The  Y.  M.  M.  LA.  is  the 
Priesthood  functioning  in  the  field 
of  activity.  Scouting  therefore  is 
the  activity  program  for  Deacons 
and  Teachers  in  the  Church  and  is 
the  program  for  the  junior  depart- 
ments of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 

"The  scoutmaster  and  assistant 
scoutmasters  are  officers  in  the  ward 
Mutual  Improvement  Association. 
They  should  conduct  themselves  as 
such  and  be  subject  to  the  rules, 
regulations  and  program  of  the  M. 
I.  A.  On  the  other  hand  the  ward 
officers  of  M.  I.  A.  should  know 
that  the  Scout  Troops  and  Scout 
leaders  of  the  ward  are  a  part  of  the 
M.  I.  A.  program  and  should  be 
considered  as  such. 

"The  Scout  department  is  just  as 
much  a  part  of  the  M.  I.  A.  Or- 
ganization as  the  M  Men  and 
should  be  so  considered  by  the  ward 
officers.  The  responsibility  of  the 
Scout  and  Vanguard  departments  is 
theirs. 

"In  the  Stake  the  same  relation- 
ship and  responsibilities  are  main- 
tained. The  District  Commission- 
ers are  Stake  Officers  and  Scouting 
is  the  official  department  program 
for  young  men  12  to  16  years  in- 
clusive. 

"As  a  result  of  the  development 

of  a  plan  of  closer  cooperation  be- 

(Continued  on  page    122) 


79 


: 


These  L.  D.  S.  Men  are  Employed  in  Scouting 

Top  row,  left  to  right:  John  D.  Giles,  Field  Representative  for  the  M.  I.  A.  and  Chairman  of  the  Vanguard  Committee;  William  A.  Wessel,  Assistant  National 
Director  of  Camping;  Oscar  A.  Kirkham,  Assistant  Regional  Executive,  Region  Twelve;  Ernest  De  Alton  Partridge,  National  Director  of  Research;  D.  E.  Hammond, 
Executive  Salt  Lake  Council  and  Chairman  of  the  M.  I.  A.  Scout  Committee;  in  circle,  Verl  G.  Dixon,  Department  of  Registration,  National  Office.  Second  row,  left 
to  right:  S.  Diiworth  Young,  Executive  Ogden  Gateway  Council;  Preston  W.  Pond,  Executive  Cache  Valley  Council;  Andrew  A.  Anderson,  Executive  Timpanogos 
Council;  George  Bergstrom,  Executive  San  Fernando  Valley  Council;  William  B.  Hawkins,  Executive  San  Joaquin-Calaveras  Council.  Third  row,  left  to  right:  Victor 
L.  Lindblad,  Executive  Sacramento  Council;  Harrald  S.  Alvord,  Executive  Teton  Psaks  Council;  David  Crockett  Watkins,  Executive  Tendoy  (Eastern  Idaho)  Council; 
Berne  P.  Broadbent,  Field  Executive  Apache  Council;  Vernon  Strong,  Executive,  Ridwood  Council.  Bottom  row,  left  to  right:  Irving  P.  Beesley,  Field  Executive 
Sacramento  Area  Council;  William  G.  Barton,  Executive  Bryce  Canyon  Council;  D.  L.  Roberts,  Field  Executive,  Salt  Lake  Council;  Clyde  V.  Pearson,  Director  of  Sea 
Scouting,  San  Francisco  Area  Council;  Merrill  Christopherson,  Assistant  Executive  Timpanogos  Council;  J.  H.  Smithson,  Field  Executive  Apache  Council. 


80 


NE'R-DO-WELL 


T. 


X  HESE      are      hard 
times,  Mr.  Burgeon." 

"Yes,  Craig,  these  are  hard 
times." 

The  man  and  the  boy  stood 
facing  each  other  in  the  gray 
weather-worn  fishing  shack  that 
had  served  as  a  home  for  Craig  Mc- 
Cord  for  the  past  two  years.  Luther 
Burgeon,  heavy-set  and  aggressive, 
drew  his  dark  brows  together  in  a 
frown  that  was  very  nearly  a 
scowl.  Craig  lowered  his  eyes, 
shrugged  his  lean  shoulders. 

"I  guess  you  may  as  well  take 
the  dory,  Mr.  Burgeon.  I  can't 
pay  you  any  more  on  it,  at  least 
not  until  spring,  and  since  you're 
not  willing  to  wait  that  long — ." 

"Why  should  I,  Craig?  We 
made  a  bargain,  didn't  we?" 

"I'm  not  complaining."  Craig's 
eyes  were  blue  and  candid.  "When 
I  asked  you  to  wait  for  the  final 
payment,  I  knew  I  was  asking  a 
favor.  If  you're  not  willing  to 
grant  it — well,  there's  nothing  I 
can  say.  I'm  out  fifteen  dollars, 
that's  all." 

Luther  Burgeon  walked  toward 
the  door.  Over  his  shoulder  he 
said,  "I'll  send  for  the  boat  later 
in  the  day,  if  I  get  back  in  time — 
or  maybe  tomorrow.  So  long, 
Craig." 

"Goodbye,  Mr.  Burgeon." 

Craig  thrust  his  hands  deep  into 
his  trousers'  pockets.  Through  the 
small  window  at  the  front  of  the 
shack  he  saw  Luther  Burgeon 
stride  ponderously  toward  the 
waiting  car.  When  he  reached  it 
he  cast  a  brief  backward  glance  to- 
ward the  house,  shook  his  head 
slightly  from  side  to  side,  then 
climbed  into  the  automobile  and 
started  the  engine.  A  few  moments 
later  he  was  on  his  way  over  the 
long  white  road  that  led  through 
the  two-mile  stretch  of  salt  marshes 
between  the  beach  and  the  village. 
Low  clouds,  gray  and  ragged,  raced 
southward  with  the  car. 

Craig  remained  at  the  window. 
His  eyes  were  cold,  hard,  his  lips 
tight-set.  That  brief  backward 
glance,  that  slight  movement  of  the 
head  from  side  to  side — those 
things  hurt!     It  was  as  if  Luther 


Burgeon's  gesture  had  said  in  plain 
words:  "Ne'r-do-well.  I  might 
have  known  in  the  first  place,  he 
never  could  pay  for  the  boat!" 

Craig  crossed  the  bare  room  and 
seated  himself  on  a  bench  beside  the 
small  sheet-iron  stove.  Ne'r-do- 
well — yes,  that  was  what  Luther 
Burgeon  thought  of  him.  That 
was  what  the  whole  village 
thought  of  him:  Craig  McCord,  a 
ne'r-do-well  like  his  father  dead 
now  these  two  years.    *    *    * 

Outside  the  wind  was  bleak. 
The  bay  was  the  color  of  molten 
steel.  Wild  ducks  swept  across 
the  dreary  marshes;  their  wings 
and  bodies  were  black  against  the 
early-morning  winter  sky. 

Ne'r-do-well — that    hurt!       It 


CRAIG  SHOUTED  AS  HE  STRODE  FORWARD.     THE 

MAN     APPEARED     NOT     TO     HAVE     HEARD     BUT 

CONTINUED  TO   WAVE  THE  LIGHT 

hurt  far  more  than  the  thought  of 
the  fifteen  dollars  now  lost  to  him. 
Craig  rose  and  put  on  his  cap 
and  overcoat — a  tall  loose-jointed 
boy  not  yet  twenty.  He  opened 
the  door  and  went  outside.  The 
wind  thrust  at  his  back  as  he  strode 
along  the  white  road  in  the  direc- 
tion of  the  village. 

Mr.  NICKERSON,  at 
the  general  store,  greeted  him 
heartily.     "How  are  ye,  Craig?" 

"Fine,  thanks." 

"Pretty  cold  at  your  place,  I 
guess — eh?" 


81 


By  RUSSELL  GORDON   CARTER 


Craig  McCord  could  not  -pay  for  his  boat,  there- 
fore, Luther  Burgeon  decided  to  take  it  back — lacking 
faith  in  the  boy.  Mr.  Nicker  son,  however  said,  "Pve 
got  faith  in  ye,  Craig."    This  is  a  story  of  Craig's  test. 


"I've  seen  it  colder,  Mr.  Nick- 
erson." 

"Well,  what  can  I  do  for  ye, 
Craig?" 


"I  stopped  in  to  see  if  you 
needed  help — ." 

Mr.  Nickerson  shook  his  head. 
"Can't  afford  it,"  he  said  bluntly. 

Craig  nodded.  "Know  of  any- 
one who  needs  a  man?" 

"No,  I  don't." 

Craig  turned  toward  the  door. 
He  was  about  to  open  it  when  Mr. 
Nickerson  said,  "Come  back  here, 
boy!  Bless  me,  if  it  ain't  the  first 
time  I  ever  see  ye  come  in  here 
without  a  cheerful  smile!  What's 
the  matter,  Craig;  are  ye  in  trouble 
or  somethin'?" 

Craig  smiled  and  returned  to  the 
counter.  'Trouble  enough,"  he 
said,  still  smiling.  "But  I  don't 
want  to  bother  other  folks  with 
it — . 

"Nonsense!"  the  man  inter- 
rupted him.     "Tell  me  about  it." 


After  a  few  moments  of  hesita- 
tion Craig  said,  "Well,  it's  like 
this,  Mr.  Nickerson.  Maybe  you 
remember,  last  fall  I  agreed  to  buy 
that  green  dory  from  Luther  Bur- 
geon— thirty-five  dollars  was  the 
price  he  set,  and  I  paid  him  ten 
dollars  down.  I  was  to  pay  the 
rest  of  it  by  the  first  of  the  year. 
I  think  I  could  have,  all  right,  but 
you  know  how  I  was  laid  up  for 
more  than  a  month.  Well,  it's  past 
the  first  of  the  year  now,  and  I 
still  owe  him  twenty  dollars  on 
the  craft.  He's  taking  it  away 
either  today  or  tomorrow — ." 

'Ye  mean  he  won't  give  ye  more 
time?" 

Craig  nodded.  "You  see,  I  came 
in  here  on  a  long  chance,  Mr. 
Nickerson,  hoping  you  might  give 
me  a  job,  or  might  know  of  some- 
body else  who  would.  I  thought 
if  I  could  count  definitely  on  earn- 
ing, say,  twenty  dollars  or  so 
within  the  next  two  or  three  weeks, 
I  might  see  Mr.  Burgeon  again — ." 

"Lute  Burgeon  ought  to  be 
ashamed  of  himself!"  the  store- 
keeper exclaimed.  "Come  spring, 
ye'll  be  in  a  position  to  earn  some- 
thing, what  with  the  lobster  catch 
and  quohogs  and  such — ." 

"Yes,  that's  why  I  wanted  the 
dory,"  Craig  replied.  "Come 
spring,  I  don't  know  what  I'll  do 
— without  it!"  Then  with  a  shrug 
and  a  forced  smile,  he  added,  "I 
guess  I  know  how  Mr.  Burgeon 
feels.  He  thinks  I'm  not  good 
for  much.  Matter  of  fact,  I  guess 
the  whole  village  feels  the  same 
way — ." 

"I  don't!"  Mr.  Nickerson  said 
emphatically.  "I've  got  faith  in 
ye,  Craig.  I  know  what  a  hard 
time  of  it  ye've  been  having,  and 
if  I  could  help  ye,  I  surely  would!" 

'Thanks,  Mr.  Nickerson!" 

"Lute  Burgeon  ought  to  be 
ashamed  of  himself!"  the  store- 
keeper repeated.  "Him  with  a 
good-paying  lot  o'  summer  cot- 
tages and  time  to  go  off  duck- 
shootin'  whenever  he  pleases,  and 
a  nice  comfortable  home  of  his  own 
— he  ought  to  be  ashamed  of  him- 
self, and  b'lieve  me,  I'll  tell  him 


so! 


I" 


Craig  shook  his  head  and  was 
silent. 

A  few  minutes  later  he  was  on 
his  way  toward  the  other  end  of 
the  village.  At  the  storekeeper's 
suggestion,  he  stopped  at  Joe 
Hickey's  garage  and  inquired  for 
work;  but  Mr.  Hickey  had  no  need 
for  help.  From  there  Craig  went 
to  the  rope  and  twine  factory  on 
the  outskirts  of  town  and  asked 
for  work  there.  Again  he  met  with 
a  refusal.  He  inquired  at  other 
places.  He  was  willing  to  do  any 
kind  of  labor  no  matter  how  hard; 
he  was  willing  to  work  long  hours 
for  meagre  pay — but  no  one  of- 
fered him  the  chance. 

IT  was  late  afternoon 
when  he  turned  his  steps  home- 
ward. Ne'r-do-well!  The  phrase 
occurred  to  him  again  as  he  made 
his  way  over  the  long  white  road; 
but  swift  upon  the  thought  came 
the  memory  of  Mr.  Nickerson's 
words — "I've  got  faith  in  ye, 
Craig."  The  boy  lifted  his  chin. 
There  was  comfort  in  the  words. 
He  forgot  the  weariness  in  his  legs, 
forgot  the  sting  of  the  wind 
against  his  face. 

The  tide  was  coming  in,  and  the 
marshes  were  flooded.  Here  and 
there  he  saw  patches  of  gray  salt 
ice  moving  sluggishly  southward. 
Here  and  there  far  off  he  saw  little 
island  hummocks  fringed  with 
dead  grass.  Several  times  he  heard 
the  distant  report  of  a  gun.  The 
wide  marshes  were  sombre,  deso- 
late. Now  and  then  a  duck  rose 
and  wheeled  against  the  wind. 

In  the  little  cove  behind  his 
shack  the  dory  lay  drawn  up  on 
the  beach.  He  glanced  at  it  and 
then  entered  the  shack,  thinking  of 
Luther  Burgeon. 

The  place  was  cold,  almost  as 
cold  as  the  air  outside.  Craig  set 
to  work  to  kindle  a  fire  in  the  stove. 
Before  long  the  wood  was  crack- 
ling. He  removed  his  overcoat  and 
cap,  put  on  his  heavy  frayed  blue 
sweater.  Then  he  went  to  the 
cupboard  where  he  kept  his  canned 
goods,  and  opened  a  can  of  beans. 
He  had  not  eaten  a  thing  since 
breakfast.  The  odor  of  beans 
warming  on  top  of  the  stove  gave 
him  a  sense  of  comfort. 

Darkness  began  to  close  in  be- 
fore he  had  finished  eating.  The 
wind  increased  in  violence,  whis- 

(Cortttnued   on   page    125) 


82 


".;:•::';' 


THE  M.I.  A. 
PRESERVES 
HISTORY 


By 

JOHN  D.  GILES 

Executive  Secretary,  Utah  Pioneer 
Traits  and  Landmarks  Association 

The  trails  of  the  West  will  forever  bear  the 
impress  of  the  Utah  Pioneer  Trails  and  Landmarks 
Association.  John  D.  Giles,  executive  secretary 
and  M.  I.  A .  field  man,  has  acted  as  photographer 
as  well  as  chief  historian  of  the  project  and  presents 
here  an  interesting  sketch  of  activities  which  have 
marked  the  trails  in  several  western  states. 


JOHN    D.  GILES 

"A  wise  nation  preserves  its 
records,  gathers  up  its  muniments, 
decorates  the  tombs  of  its  illustrious 
dead,  repairs  its  great  structures  and 
fosters  national  pride  and  love  of 
country  by  perpetual  reference  to 
the  sacrifices  and  glories  of  the 
past." — Joseph  Howe. 

THAT  nation,  state,  or  com- 
munity or  church  which  fails 
to  preserve  its  history,  its 
story  spots,  its  records  of  achieve- 
ments, its  landmarks  and  old  trails 
is  indeed  lacking  in  vision. 

At  the  time  of  the  tercentenary 
of  the  Massachusetts  Bay  Colony 
more  than  two  million  people  vis- 
ited Boston  in  less  than  three 
months.  What  was  the  attraction? 
The  seashore?  Hardly — there  are 
thousands  of  miles  of  seashore  to 
visit  without  going  to  Boston. 
Was  it  the  large  buildings,  the 
climate  or  great  theatres?  It  was 
history.  It  was  interest  in  the  hun- 
dreds of  patriotic,  shrines  in  New 
England.  It  was  Faneuil  Hall,  the 
old  South  Church,  the  old  State 


House,  Boston  Common  and  other 
historic  landmarks  of  intense  in- 
terest to  all  Americans.     Good  for 
Boston.      Good   for  New 
England.     They  have  pre- 
served their  history. 

But  let  us  remember  that 
all  of  America's  history  is 
not  in  Boston  or  New 
England.  Western  Amer- 
ica is  teeming  with  places 
of  great  historic  interest. 
The  intermountain  region 
and  the  Pacific  Coast  boast 
of  history  as  interesting,  as 
thrilling  and  as  important 
as  any  region  in  the  new 
world.  Our  history  is  more 
recent  but  much  of  it  is 
now  more  than  a  century 
old  and  should  properly  be 
classed  as  American  his- 
tory. 

Someone  has  said  that 
the  State  of  Utah  has  more 
important  history  than  any 
state  west  of  the  Missouri 
River.  But  the  history  of 
Utah  is  so  closely  related  to 
that  of  neighboring  states 
■ — -Idaho,  Wyoming,  Colo- 
rado,    Arizona,     Nevada, 


California,  and  Oregon  in  par- 
ticular— that  the  history  of  one 
overlaps  that  of  the  others. 


PRESIDENT    A.    W.    IVINS;,    PRESIDENT    HEBER    J.    GRANT, 

AND    ELDER    GEORGE   ALBERT   SMITH,    PRESIDENT   OF    THE 

TRAILS      ASSOCIATION,      AT      UNVEILING      OF      MONUMENT 

ERECTED  ON   ENSIGN  PEAK  BY  ENSIGN  STAKE  M.  I.  A. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


83 


Without  making  comparisons, 
which  may  be  odious  or  otherwise, 
this  statement  can  be  made  without 
fear  of  contradiction — the  inter- 
mountain  west  is  rich  in  historic 
resources  that  deserve  to  be  pre- 
served for  generations  to  follow. 
All  too  late  the  realization  of  this 
fact  is  being  forced  upon  us.  The 
movement  now  under  way  is  fully 
twenty-five  years  late.  The  last  of 
the  riders  of  the  colorful  Pony  Ex- 
press died  before 
a  monument 
was  placed  at 
the  end  of  the 
trail.  Not  one 
of  the  partici- 
pants in  that 
great  venture 
was  present. 
The  last  survi- 
vors of  the  hand- 
car t  tragedies 
who  were  old 
enough  to  re- 
member what 
actually  hap- 
pened passed  on 
before  their 
stories  were  re- 
corded. Most  of 
those  called 
"Old-Timers" 
among  the  pio- 
neers of  the  west 
have  long  since 
gone  to  their 
graves. 

Now,  when  it 
is  all  but  too 
late,  we  are  be- 
coming aroused 
not  only  to  our 
duty  to  those 
who  made  our 
history  but  to 
our  own  selfish 
interest  in  pre- 
serving these 
story  spots. 

The  Young 
Men's  and 
Young  Wom- 
en's Mutual  Im- 
provement As- 
sociations have  long  been  inter- 
ested in  Pioneer  history.  They 
sponsored  a  movement  many  years 
ago  to  search  out  as  nearly  as  pos- 
sible the  place  where  Brigham 
Young  made  his  now  historic  state- 
ment, "This  is  the  right  place. 
Drive  on."  When  the  Utah  Pio- 
neer Trails  and  Landmarks  Asso- 
ciation was  organized  its  leading 
sponsor  was  the  General  Superin- 
tendent of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.— 


Elder  George  Albert  Smith.  His 
associate  executives  in  the  Y.  M. 
and  Y.  W.  M.  I.  A.  and  several 
members  of  both  the  General 
Boards  became  charter  members. 
A  member  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 
general  Board  became  its  executive 
secretary-treasurer  and  another  be- 
came chairman  of  the  finance  com- 
mittee. 

When  the  campaign  for  funds 
was  launched  the  M.  I.  A.  took  the 


GEORGE  ALBERT  SMITH 

President    Utah    Pioneer    Trails    and    Landmarks 
Association 

leadership.  Through  the  medium 
of  "plains  dinners,"  recommended 
by  M.  I.  A.  General  Board  com- 
mittees and  conducted  in  practically 
every  stake  in  the  Church,  Oregon 
Trail  memorial  coins,  specially 
minted  by  the  Federal  Government 
for  use  in  marking  trails  and  land- 
marks, Were  sold  at  a  premium.    In 


this  manner  the  major  portion  of 
the  funds  used  in  marking  the  trails 
and  landmarks  of  the  West  were 
secured.  Contributions  of  patri- 
otic citizens  and  charter  member- 
ship fees  made  up  the  balance  of 
the  fund. 

f~\F  all   the  outstanding  accom- 
plishments of  the  Mutual  Im- 
provement Associations  in  the  past 
half-century,   probably  none  will 

be  more  last- 
ing or  more 
far-re  aching 
than  this  im- 
portant move- 
ment to  save  the 
history  of  the 
West.  In  six 
states  monu- 
ments have  been 
erected  and  im- 
petus has  been 
given  to  a  move- 
ment that  will 
undoubtedly 
continue  to 
grow  long  after 
those  who  start- 
ed the  move- 
ment have  pass- 
ed out  of  the 
picture.  Many 
years  must  pass 
and  other  gen- 
erations come 
forth  before  the 
work  now  be- 
ing done  will  be 
appraised  at  its 
full  value. 

The  announc- 
ed purpose  of 
the  Utah  Pio- 
neer Trails  and 
Landmarks  As- 
sociation at  the 
time  of  its  or- 
ganization was: 
"Honoring  the 
pathfinders  and 
the  pioneer 
builders,  chart- 
ing and  marking 
the  historic  trails 
and  story  spots,  preserving  our  his- 
torical resources;  promotion  of  the 
teaching  of  history  in  its  all- Amer- 
ican aspects  and  vital  relations  to 
the  up-building  of  our  West  and 
our  country."  The  organization 
was  formed  as  a  non-religious,  non- 
political,  and  non-profit  association 
and  has  carried  its  program  forward 
without  regard  to  any  influences  or 
motives  other  than  the  accomplish- 
ment of  its  announced  objectives. 


84 


1.  President  Heber  J.  Grant,  Dr.  Geo.  W.  Middleton,  Mrs.  W.  S.  Woodruff,  Dr. 
W.  M.  Stookey  and  President  Geo.  Albert  Smith  at  the  old  Mormon  Wall,  Fort 
Bridger,   Wyoming. 

2.  Rev.  Victor  Herring,  Franciscan  Priest  and  Elder  George  Albert  Smith  at  monu- 
ment marking  Father  Escalante's  trail  of  1776  at  Provo,  Utah. 

3.  President   H«ber  J.   Grant  speaking   at  ceremony  marking  the   Great  Salt   Lake 
Base  and  Meridian  established  by  Orson  Pratt,  August  2,  1847. 


President  Anthony  W.  Ivins  speaking  at  ceremony  marking  the  Great  Salt  Lake 
Base  and  Meridian,  Temple  Square,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

Oscar  A.  Kirkham,  Andrew  Jenson,  Chas.  Jackson,  President  Ruth  May  Fox  and 
President  George  Albert  Smith  on  Mormon  Pioneer  trail  at  Lewiston  Mines,  Wyo. 
Trail   Markers  camp  at  Rock  Creek  Hollow,  Wyoming,  on   Mormon   Pioneer  trail. 

B.  H.  Roberts,  George  Albert  Smith,  Dr.  Howard  R.  Driggs,  Geo.  D.  Pratt, 
James  E.  West,  Andrew  Jenson  and  Oscar  A.  Kirkham  at  Independence  Rock,  Wyo. 


The  results  have  been  far-reach- 
ing and  have  been  recorded  in  the 
press  of  the  West  and  of  the  nation. 
In  cooperation  with  local  groups 
in  Utah,  Idaho,  Wyoming,  Nevada 
and  Arizona,  substantial  markers 
of  stone  and  bronze  have  been 
placed  to  perpetuate  the  accom- 
plishments and  achievements  of  the 
trappers,  explorers,  missionaries, 
pioneers,  and  builders  of  the  West. 
Fifty-one  historic  places  have  been 
marked,  forty-eight  of  them  with 
the  official  tablets  of  the  Associa- 
tion, and  fifty  of  them  carrying  the 
familiar  buffalo  skull,  insignia  of 
the  Association. 

Photographs  in  this  issue  show 
the  scope  and  variety  of  the  Asso- 
ciation's efforts.  Not  all  the  mark- 
ers shown  have  been  erected  by  the 
Trails  group  but  in  practically  all 


cases  the  association  has  cooperated 
in  the  work.  Included  in  the  il- 
lustrations are  the  beautiful  and  ar- 
tistic monument  and  flagging  erect- 
ed by  the  National  Women's  Relief 
Society  at  the  home  of  Joseph 
Smith  in  Nauvoo  where  that  so- 
ciety was  organized  March  1 7, 
1842.  This  is  the  most  preten- 
tious and  imposing  of  the  series. 
Officers  of  the  Association  cooper- 
ated in  its  preparation  and  unveil- 
ing. The  marker  at  Church 
Buttes,  Wyoming,  was  placed  by 
Lyman  Stake.  The  temporary 
wooden  markers  at  Devil's  Gate 
and  on  the  Oregon  Trail  in  the 
Sweetwater  Valley  in  Wyoming, 
were  placed  by  the  Natrona 
County  Historical  Society  of  Wyo- 
ming, a  group  which  has  cooperated 
generously   with  the  Utah   Asso- 


ciation. All  other  markers  were 
built  by  local  groups  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Trails  Association. 

The  work  of  the  Association  is 
more  extensive  than  is  generally 
realized.  Before  trails  and  land- 
marks can  be  marked  correctly  they 
must  be  searched  out  and  the  true 
history  established.  This  is  some- 
times a  more  difficult  and  expensive 
task  than  the  actual  marking.  By 
the  time  the  work  of  this  Associa- 
tion got  under  way  all  the  members 
of  the  ill-fated  handcart  company 
led  by  Edward  Martin  from  Iowa 
City  in  1856,  who  were  old  enough 
at  the  time  to  remember  and  iden- 
tify Martin's  Cove,  scene  of  the 
most  tragic  experience  of  the  Mor- 
mon migration,  had  died.  Resi- 
dents of  the  vicinity  had  confused 
stories  of  its  location,  but  from  a 


MONUMENTS    ERECTED    BY    PIONEER    TRAILS    AND    LANDMARKS   ASSOCIATION 


1.  President  George  Albert  Smith  and  grandson  Robert 
Murray  Stewart,  Jr.,  at  Big  Mountain  on  Pioneer 
Trail. 

2.  Monument  at  Church  Buttes,  Wyoming. 

3.  Monument  at  site  of  first  church  and  school  outside 
the   Pioneer  fort   in   Salt   Lake   Valley. 

4.  Marker  at  Rock  Creek  Hollow,  Wyoming,  where  J.  G. 
Willie's   handcart   company  sought   refuie   in    1S56. 

5.  Monument  at  site  of  Ogden  Canyon  toll  gate. 

6.  Monument  at  Mountain  Dell  station  on  the  Pony 
Express  trail. 


7.  Site    of     Brigham    Young    camp    at    Silver    Lake 
(Brighton),  Utah,  July  24,  1857. 

8.  Honoring  Pioneers  of  Logan. 

9.  Site  of  Jacob  Hamblin's  fort,   Kanab,   Utah. 

10.  Fort  Henry,  St.  Anthony,   Idaho. 

11.  Escalante  Trail,  Provo,  Utah. 

12.  Battle  Creek,  near  Preston,   Idaho. 

13.  Scene    of    meeting    between    Brigham    Young    and 
Jim   Bridger,    Little  Sandy,   near   Farson,  Wyoming. 

14.  On  Donner  trail  at  State  Fair  Grounds,  Salt  Lake 
City,  Utah. 


15.  President    Grant   speaking    at    Independence    Rock, 
Wyoming.      Pioneer    plaque    at    right. 

16.  Pioneer    Celebration    July    24,    1857,    at    Silver 
Laka   (Brighton),  Utah. 

17.  On   Pioneer  trail  east  of  Fort  Bridger,  Wyoming. 

18.  Pioneer  Social  Hall,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

19.  Eagle  Rock  Crossing  of  Snake  River,   Idaho  Falls, 

20.  On  Donner  trail,  west  of  Grantsville,  Utah. 

21.  Pioneer  Stage  Station,   Layton,  Utah. 

22.  Commemorating    the     founding     of     Utah,     State 
Capitol,   Salt   Lake  City,    Utah. 


86 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     I  935 


historical  standpoint  it  was  lost. 
Fortunately  a  few  paragraphs  in 
early  histories  gave  enough  infor- 
mation to  guide  members  of  the 
Trails  Association  to  the  spot,  but 
only  after  the  search  had  gone  into 
its  second  year. 

A  circumstance,  which  to  many 
seems  providential,  resulted  in  the 
location  of  the  site  of  Willie's 
Camp  in  Rock  Creek  Hollow, 
Wyoming,  where  fifteen  members 
of  the  J.  G.  Willie  handcart  com- 
pany, a  hundred  miles  ahead  of  the 
Martin  company  perished  in  one 
night  and  were  buried  in  a  single 
grave.  Other  sites,  which  had  been 
forgotten  have  been  searched  out 
and  marked  and  new  interest  in 
them  created  among  the  younger 
generations. 

DECAUSE  most  of  the  early  his- 
tory of  the  intermountain 
West  was  made  by  Mormons  it  is 
natural  that  most  of  the  markers 
should  be  Mormon,  just  as  most 
of  the  markers  in  California  are 
Catholic.  But  that  does  not  mean 
that  the  marking  has  been  confined 
to  Mormon  history.  A  glance  at 
the  illustrations  will  show  that  the 
important  history  of  the  West  has 
been  preserved  regardless  of  creed, 
politics  or  any  consideration  other 
than  historic  importance. 

The  trail  of  Escalante  and  Dom- 
inguez,  Catholic  Priests,  dating 
back  to  1776  is  today  the  best 
marked  trail  in  the  Intermountain 
Country.  The  first  marker  planned 
by  the  Trails  Association  marked 
this  trail  at  Provo.  Jedediah  Strong 
Smith,  educated  as  a  Methodist 
minister,  explored  the  first  overland 
trail  through  Utah,  Nevada  and 
California  to  the  Pacific  Coast  in 
1826.  A  marker  on  City  Hall 
Square  in  Ogden  marks  the  begin- 
ning of  this  trail.  Jim  Bridger 
discovered  the  Great  Salt  Lake  in 
1 824.  This  fact  is  commemorated 
in  a  suitable  monument  on  Bear 
River  in  northern  Utah.  Bridger, 
Carson,  Fitzpatrick  and  other  trap- 
pers, by  caching  a  fortune  in  furs 
in  Willow  Valley  in  Northern 
Utah,  caused  the  name  to  become 
Cache  Valley.  This  important  bit 
of  history  is  inscribed  on  a  monu- 
ment at  Logan  in  Cache  County. 
The  ill-fated  Donner  party  of 
1846  explored  the  route  from  Fort 
Bridger  to  the  Salt  Lake  Valley 
which  the  Mormon  Pioneers  fol- 
lowed the  next  year.  Two  monu- 
ments, one  at  the  Utah  State  Fair 
Grounds  and  one  on  the  desert  in 
Tooele  County,  mark  that  trail. 

The  Pony  Express  made  history 


in  the  West  which  has  been  pre- 
served on  half  a  dozen  markers 
along  its  trail. 

The  Mormon  Pioneer  Trail  has 
been  well  marked  through  Wyo- 
ming in  cooperation  with  various 
groups  in  that  state  and  is  fairly 
well  marked  in  Utah,  but  much 
remains  to  be  done  in  Nebraska, 
Iowa  and  Illinois.  The  splendid 
monument  erected  by  the  Relief  So- 
ciety at  Nauvoo  marks  the  begin- 
ning of  the  Pioneer  Trail,  but  some 
day  its  entire  length,  at  reasonable 
distances,  should  be  appropriately 
marked.  And  certainly  no  one 
would  consider  this  historic  high- 
way to  have  been  properly  marked 
until  a  monument  of  magnificent 
proportions  and  construction  marks 
the  place  where  Brigham  Young 
made  his  memorable  statement, 
"this  is  the  place."  Plans  for  such 
a  memorial  are  now  in  the  making 
although  considerable  time  will  be 
required  to  develop  them.  The 
last  six  miles  of  the  trail  through 
Emigration  Canyon  have  been  re- 
built. It  is  proposed  to  build  the 
monument  at  the  end  of  the  trail 
on  the  new  highway. 

(""^NE  of  the  most  important 
phases  of  the  work  of  the  trails 
Association  is  educational.  Pub- 
licity is  used  extensively  in  connec- 
tion with  each  marker  for  the  pur- 
pose of  renewing  interest  in  historic 
places  and  of  educating  young  peo- 
ple in  the  history  of  their  own  com- 
munities. Large  numbers  of  peo- 
ple, old  and  young,  attend  the 
marker  ceremonies  and  become  in- 
formed regarding  that  particular 
phase  of  local  history.  Eventually 
photos  and  descriptions  of  all  the 
markers  with  copies  of  the  inscrip- 
tions will  be  published  for  wide 
distribution,  adding  still  further  to 
the  educational  value  of  the  pres- 
ent movement  to  preserve  our  his- 
tory. 

Efforts  have  been  made  in  all 
cases  to  enlist  the  active  cooperation 
of  prominent  local  groups  in  erect- 
ing each  marker.  Schools,  Scouts, 
Vanguards,  Daughters  of  the  Utah 
Pioneers,  Chambers  of  Commerce, 
Citizens'  Committees,  Stake  Pres- 
idencies, Ward  Bishoprics,  Adult 
Aaronic  Priesthood,  A  a  r  o  n  i  c 
Priesthood  Quorums,  Mutual  Im- 
provement Associations,  women's 
organizations,  family  associations, 
newspapers,  state  and  government 
agencies  and  other  civic,  religious 
and  patriotic  groups,  and  indi- 
viduals have  joined  in  placing 
markers  and  monuments. 

As  will  be  noted  from  a  study 


of  the  illustrations,  President  Heber 
J.  Grant  and  his  associates  of  the 
General  Authorities  have  been  ac- 
tive supporters  of  the  Association. 
President  Anthony  W.  Ivins,  be- 
fore his  death,  joined  in  several  of 
the  marker  ceremonies.  Dr.  James 
E.  Talmage  assisted  many  times 
with  the  preparation  of  inscrip- 
tions. B.  H.  Roberts  was  a  staunch 
supporter  and  Andrew  Jenson,  Os- 
car A,  Kirkham  and  others  have 
given  constant  cooperation. 

The  officers  of  the  Utah  Pioneer 
Trails  and  Landmarks  Association 
are: 

President,  George  Albert  Smith; 
Vice-President,  Dr.  George  W. 
Middleton;  Executive  Secretary- 
Treasurer,  John  D.  Giles;  Direc- 
tors: Amy  Brown  Lyman,  D.  H. 
Christensen  (Chairman  Education 
Committee) ,  Dr.  W.  M.  Stookey, 
Mrs.  W.  S.  Woodruff,  Mrs.  Fred 
Davidson,  J.  Cecil  Alter  (Chair- 
man History  Committee) ,  George 
Q.  Morris  (Chairman  Finance 
Committee) ,  Dr.  W.  J.  Snow, 
Wilford  C.  Wood,  Joseph  Wirth- 
lin.  W.  H.  Reeder,  Jr.,  Noble  War- 
rum,  Mrs.  Jacob  Bamberger  and 
Samuel  O.  Bennion.  Dr.  Howard 
R.  Driggs  of  New  York  City,  Pres- 
ident of  the  Oregon  Trail  Memorial 
Association,  was  one  of  the  organ- 
izers of  the  Utah  Association  and 
one  of  its  first  charter  members. 
There  are  approximately  two  hun- 
dred charter  members  at  present. 

The  Association  has  but  one 
honorary  member,  James  A.  El- 
dredge,  who  through  a  generous 
contribution  financed  the  prelim- 
inary plans  for  the  coin  sales 
through  the  M.  I.  A.  and  other 
early  activities. 

While  the  Association  has  a  rec- 
ord of  which  the  officers  and  mem- 
bers may  justifiably  feel  proud, 
much  remains  to  be  done.  Many 
important  "story  spots"  are  un- 
marked. Every  community  has 
some  history  that  should  be  pre- 
served. The  Utah  Pioneer  Trails 
and  Landmarks  Association  plans 
to  continue  its  activities  and  to  en- 
courage other  groups  to  join  in 
preserving  the  historic  resources  of 
the  West.  Several  patriotic,  civic 
and  religious  groups  are  represented 
on  the  board  of  directors  of  the 
Trails  Association  and  practically 
all  groups  are  represented  among 
the  charter  members.  If  all  unite  in 
this  worthwhile  movement  eventu- 
ally monuments  and  markers  will 
dot  the  trails,  the  valleys  and  the 
mountains,  preserving  indefinitely 
one  of  the  most  valuable  and  per- 
manent of  all  resources — history. 


40 


*  m 


23.  At  home  of  Joseph  Smith  where  National  Women's 
Relief  Society  was  organized,  Nauvoo,  III. 

24.  Calls   Fort,   North  of  Brigham  City,  Utah. 

25.  At  Fredonia,  Arizona,   pointing  the  way  to  Pipe 
Springs. 

26.  Honoring  Jedediah  Strong  Smith,  City  Hall  Square, 
Ogden,   Utah. 

27.  Commemorating   discovery  of  Great  Salt   Lake  by 
Jim  Bridger,  North  of  Bear  River  City,  Utah. 

28.  Site  of  Pioneer  Iron   Mills,   Cedar  City,   Utah. 


29.  Pipe  Springs,  Arizona. 

30.  Site  of   Indian  Treaty  at   Fish   Lake. 

31.  Honoring    Pioneer    Catholic    Sisters,    Holy    Cross 
Hospital,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

32.  Old   style   marker   on    Pioneer   trail,    Devils    Gate 
Wyoming. 

33.  Mormon  Wall   at   Fort   Bridger,   Wyoming. 

34.  Site  of   Brigham  City,  Arizona,  near  Winslow. 

35.  Trapper's    Cache,    at    Logan,    Cache    County,    Ut. 

36.  On  Pioneer  and  Pony  Express  trails  at  Henefer,  Ut. 


37.  Martin's  Cove,  Wyoming,  refuge  of  Martin's  Hand- 
cart Company. 

38.  In  Echo  Canyon,  Utah,  on  Pioneer  Trail. 

39.  Fort  Hall,  Idaho. 

40.  Wyoming  trail  marker  on  Pioneer  trail. 

41.  Honoring  Jacob   Hamblin,   Kanab,   Utah. 

42.  Pony  Express  trail  and  site  of  old  Salt  Lake  House, 
Main  Street,  Salt   Lake  City,   Utah. 

43.  Pioneer  Square,  Salt   Lake   City,   Utah. 

44.  Mormon   Pioneer   Ferry,    Casper,  Wyoming. 


CHAPTER  IV 


I 


.T  was  a  clear,  cloud- 
less night.  There  was  no  moon, 
but  the  firmament  was  aglow  with 
stars  against  which,  the  dark  of  the 
forest,  a  group  of  travelers  had  just 
left,  looked  gloomy  and  forbid- 
ding. The  men  lighted  a  fire  and 
gathered  around  its  cheerful  glow. 
It  lessened  their  sense  of  isolation. 
Their  leader,  Ammon,  and  his  two 
brothers  had  withdrawn  to  counsel 
together.  Taking  advantage  of 
their  absence,  some  voiced  com- 
plaints to  the  group. 

'Tis  a  vain  journey;"  one  said, 
"that  promises  naught  but  hard- 
ships as  a  reward.  It  would  be 
well  for  us  to  return  to  Zarahemla 
before  we  are  hopelessly  lost.  Why 
should  we  find  the  City  of  Lehi- 
Nephi?" 

'Yea,"  another  protested, 
"many,  many,  hopeless  nights  have 
found  us  camped  thus,  knowing 
little  of  the  wilderness  and  plains 
we  have  passed  through  and  noth- 
ing of  what  lies  before  us.  It  was 
said  at  home  that  Ammon  had  a 
map  of  the  way." 

"So  he  has,"  one  called  David 


ROM 


By 


DOROTHY    CLAPP 
ROBINSON 


answered  sharply,  "but  'tis  the 
same  map  all  companies  who  have 
sought  the  lost  City  of  Lehi-Nephi 
have  had.  'Tis  said  'twas  drawn 
from  memory  by  one  who  was  in 
the  exodus  that  traveled  from  that 
City  to  Zarahemla  many,  many 
years  ago.  'Tis  at  best  a  rough 
guess.  Surely  you  do  not  hope  to 
reach  victory  and  glory  between 
sunsets." 

"Not  between  many  sunsets," 
the  first  complainer  retorted;  "but 
this  endless  wandering  wearies 
body  and  spirit.  Should  we  be 
fortunate  enough  to  discover  the 
City  think  of  the  journey  home." 

"That  will  be  as  nothing," 
David  reminded  them,  "for  Am- 
mon has  kept  a  careful  record.  I 
think,"  he  added  pointedly,  "out 
of  the  hundreds  who  wished  to  ac- 
company him,  Ammon  could  have 
found  men  with  more  faith  in  him. 
Other  companies  have  failed.  We 
came  to  succeed  no  matter  how 
long  nor  how  far  we  must  travel." 

The  two  grumblers  had  the  grace 
to  blush  and  one  said: 

"We,  too,  hope  for  success,  but 
days  are  long  and  nights  eerie.  We 
seem  so  utterly  alone  yet  we  know 
somewhere  near  here — perhaps 
back  of  those  bushes — are  hordes 
of  Lamanites  ready  to  spring  upon 
us." 

"Me  thinks  it  is  sweethearts  left 
in  Zarahemla,"  Philip,  David's 
friend  said  banteringly.  "This  is 
a  journey  for  men  with  free  hearts. 
There  is  the  possibility  then  of 
finding  and  making  love  to  other 
maidens.  That  is  why  David  and 
I  came." 

David  rose  under  the  laughter 
and  walked  to  the  crest  of  a  hill 
that  lay  before  them.  It  was  his 
turn  to  stand  guard  and  until  then 
he  wanted  to  be  free — to  forget  the 
past  and  build  on  the  future.     Be- 


hind him  lay  broken  hopes  and 
shattered  dreams;  before  him — 
what?  In  the  clear  light  he  could 
see  far  to  the  southwest  a  precipi- 
tous hill.  His  pulse  quickened. 
Suppose  that  beyond  it  lay  Lehi- 
Nephi!  Suppose  after  all  they  were 
lucky  enough  to  find  that  luckless 
city?  What  honor  would  be  theirs 
when  they  returned  home? 

1HE  camp  was  up  and 
stirring  as  soon  as  it  was  light. 
Before  noon  they  reached  the  hill 
David  had  seen  the  night  before. 
Ammon  forged  on  ahead.  As  he 
gained  the  crest  of  the  hill  his  gaze 
swept  the  surrounding  country 
long  and  earnestly.  Then  in  happy 
exultation  he  turned  to  his  men  and 
with  a  sweep  of  his  arm  cried: 

"Behold!  The  City  lies  before 
us." 

A  rush  followed,  but,  as  the  men 
gained  the  top,  with  one  accord 
they  bowed  their  heads  in  thank- 
fulness as  the  towers  and  walls  of 
the  long  sought  City  burst  upon 
their  vision.  Here  was  the  quest  of 
years  and  theirs  the  victory.  Ach- 
ing limbs  and  weary  feet  were  for- 
gotten. They  waited  quietly 
though  impatiently  while  Ammon 
and  his  brother  made  ready  to  re- 
connoiter  the  last  lap  alone.  In 
the  City  the  people  went  about 
their  work,  dull  with  apathy,  un- 
aware of  the  succor  so  near. 

As  darkness  grew  upon  them,  the 
men  grew  restless.  Why  did  not 
Ammon  return?  Their  impatience 
turned  to  suspense  and  toward 
midnight  they  held  counsel.  David 
urged  that  one  or  two  of  them  be 
allowed  to  advance  toward  the  City 
and  see  if  any  traces  could  be  found 
of  their  belated  Commander.  With 
much  reluctance  and  many  admoni- 
tions, Philip,  acting  as  Com- 
mander, appointed  David  and  John 


07 

ANCE  OF 
TWO  CITIES 


to  the  task.     They  advanced  cau- 
tiously together,   until   they   were 
within  hearing  distance  of  the  mas- 
sive walls  then  separated.     David 
shadowing  the  East  and  John  the 
North  gates.     Thus  far  they  had 
found  no  trace  of  Ammon  nor  his 
captors,    if    captured    he    had 
been.      Now,    David   creeping 
along,  trying  to  shield  his  ap- 
proach to  the  gate,  distinguish- 
ed the  burly  form  of  a  night 
watchman   circling   the   walls, 
but  could  not  tell  whether  he 
were    Nephite     or     Lamanite.      m 
There  was  the  possibility  he  re- 
flected that  the  Lamanites  held 
the  City.      They   might   even 
have  captured  Ammon  and  his 
brother.     He  decided  to  creep 
nearer,    and   when    the    guard  K 
came  again,  find  out  if  he  were 
friend  or  foe.    If  he  were  a  Ne- 
phite, he  would  risk  asking  for 
admittance   at   the   gate;    if   a 
Lamanite  he  might  try  scaling 
the    wall,    but    even   a    casual 
glance  showed  him  the  impos- 
sibility of  such  things.     Stories 
he  had  heard  of  the  inaccessi- 
bility of  this  grim  fortress  came 
back  to  him.     They  had  not 
been  overdrawn. 

The  retreating  figure  of  the 
guard  grew  indistinct.  David 
braced  himself  to  sprint  across  that 
starlit  space,  then  jumped  behind 
a  bush  instead.  From  the  shadow 
of  the  great  wall  two  figures  came, 
running  swiftly  and  carrying  a 
burden  between  them.  On  they 
came  directly  toward  the  rock  and 
brush  behind  which  he  was  hiding. 
Throwing  himself  upon  the 
ground,  David  waited.  They  came 
nearer,  but  now  the  guard  was 
again  in  sight.  A  whispered  ex- 
clamation that  was  plainly  audible 
to  the  unsuspected  watcher,  and 
the  two  dropped  suddenly  to  the 
ground  and  lay  motionless.      On 


came  the  guard,  now  he  mounted 
the  watchtower,  swept  the  starlit 
space  with  ferret  eyes.  The  three 
watchers  waited  breathlessly  until 
he  had  descended  again  to  the  wall 
where  the  shadows  soon  engulfed 
him. 


THE   MIGHTY   ONE 

Cautiously,  then,  the  figures  rose 
and  David  had  barely  time  to  creep 
away,  when  they  reached  his  rock 
and  laid  their  burden  in  its  shadow. 
Listening  intently,  he  caught  the 
hoarse  guttural  voices  of  men  and 
knew  them  to  be  Lamanites.  They 
conversed  quietly  for  some  mo- 
ments, but  not  a  word  was  under- 
stood by  the  eager  listener.  Their 
burden  stirred  and  voiced  a  groan 
that  needed  no  interpretation. 
David's  pulse  leaped.  If  he  could 
only  get  one  look,  a  glance.  He 
must  try.  Perhaps  it  was  Ammon, 
overpowered,  and  waiting,  no  one 


knew  what  fate.  He  heard  the  men 
rise  and  guessed  they  were  watching 
for  the  guard.  A  few  minutes 
passed  and  hearing  quick  move- 
ments and  muffled  directions,  David 
saw  them  fleeing  toward  a  grove 
of  trees  not  far  distant. 

He  crept  as  far  as  the  rock, 
then  rising  and  choosing  a 
course  a  little  oblique  to  theirs 
made  a  break  for  the  forest. 
They  might  look  back,  but  he 
trusted  to  their  haste  and  reach- 
ed the  woods  undetected.  To 
locate  the  fugitives  was  easy, 
and  with  skill  born  of  experi- 
ence he  wormed  his  way  to- 
ward them,  the  low  murmur  of 
their  voices  his  guide,  for  the 
forest  was  dark  and  gloomy. 
Presently,  they  took  up  their 
journey  noisily  and  without 
■  caution,  and  David  had  no 
trouble  following  them. 

T  OR  some  minutes 
they  threshed  rapidly  through 
the  brush,  the  noise  of  their 
passage  covering  David's  pur- 
suit. Suddenly  he  sensed  that 
they  had  stopped  and  advanc- 
ing carefully  he  found  them 
seated  in  a  small  clearing  light- 
ed by  moonbeams  that  filtered 
through  overhanging  branches. 
The  men  sat  on  their  haunches  rest- 
ing with  their  burden  between 
them.  David  looked  about  impa- 
tiently— if  he  only  knew  who  the 
captive  was.  He  reasoned  with 
himself.  He  must  turn  back  soon, 
or  lose  all  sense  of  direction — but 
suppose  it  were  his  Commander? 
Certainly  there  was  mischief  afoot 
or  they  would  have  followed  the 
highway.  He  must  see  that  face. 
He  looked  about  for  some  means 
of  getting  nearer.  A  particularly 
large  overhanging  limb  caught  his 
attention.  If  he  were  on  that, 
{Continued  on  page   124) 


THOMAS    HULL 


Thomas  Hull 

Senior  Member 
of  theYMMIA. 


ON  Thursday,  January  3, 
death  released  Elder 
Thomas  Hull,  the  senior 
member  of  the  General  Board  of 
the  Young  Men's  Mutual  Im- 
provement Association.  He  was 
79,  making  him  senior  from  point 
of  view  of  age  as  well  as  from 
point  of  view  of  number  of  years 
of  service. 

Ill  for  several  months  from  a 
malady  from  which  at  his  age  there 
was  no  liberation  except  through 
death,  the  end  came  as  a  blessing 
and  the  aged  missionary  went  home 
after  a  life  of  heroic  service  to  his 
fellow  men.  Those  of  the  General 
Board  who  knew  Thomas  Hull, 
however,  could  not  think  of  him  as 
aged,  despite  his  three  score  and 
nineteen  years.  Active  until  the 
close  of  the  summer,  he  was  ever 
eager  to  press  on,  ever  mindful  of 
details,  ever  full  of  faith  in  the  great 
latter-day  work  in  which  he  was 
engaged. 

His  service  to  the  Mutual  Im- 
provement Associations  of  the 
Church  began  before  there  was  any 
General  Board  in  the  sense  in  which 
it  is  now  organized.  Called  on 
an  M.  I.  A.  mission  in  1891,  Elder 
Hull  has  been  active  in  M.  I.  A. 
work  ever  since.  He  was  one  of 
those  who  worked  hard  and  suc- 


cessfully for  the  establishment  of 
The  Improvement  Eta.  He  has 
been  a  supporter  of  the  magazine 
ever  since.  In  the  first  minutes  of 
the  General  Board  available,  the 
name  of  Thomas  Hull  appears. 

For  a  long  time  he  served  as 
secretary  of  the  Board,  his  care  of 
details  making  him  ideal  for  the 
position.  When  advancing  years 
and  added  responsibilities  came,  he 
was  released  from  that  arduous  po- 
sition, but  in  order  that  the  execu- 
tives might  avail  themselves  of  his 
wise  counsel  and  superb  enthusiasm 
for  the  work,  he  was  made  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Advisory  Committee. 
In  that  capacity  he  wielded  an  im- 
portant influence  upon  the  program 
of  the  Associations. 

A  son  of  Eli  and  Susanah  Lake 
Hull,  he  was  born  in  London,  Eng- 
land, December  27,  1855.  Joining 
the  Church  when  he  was  a  child, 
he  lived  the  life  of  a  faithful  Lat- 
ter-day Saint  enabling  him  to  re- 
ceive all  orders  of  the  priesthood. 
In  1875  he  emigrated  to  Utah, 
where  he  continued  in  Church  serv- 
ice. He  early  became  identified 
with  Z.  C.  M.  I.  and  remained  a 
member  of  the  staff  of  that  insti- 
tution until  1893.  Later  he  served 
as  United  States  Surveyor  General 
for  eight  years.  Active  in  public 
affairs,  he  was  elected  to  the  state 


legislature  where  he  became  speaker 
of  the  fifth  and  sixth  sessions. 
For  three  and  a  half  years  he  had 
charge  of  the  savings  department  of 
Walker  Brothers'  Bankers. 

In  1920,  Mr.  Hull  was  appoint- 
ed secretary  of  the  Board  of  Regents 
and  purchasing  agent  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Utah,  positions  he  still 
held  at  the  time  of  his  death.  Fail- 
ing health  caused  him  to  ask  for 
and  receive  a  leave  of  absence  of  six 
months  from  active  duty.  Death 
came  and  gave  him  grand  relief 
just  before  his  leave  from  the  Uni- 
versity expired. 

On  April  28,  1877,  Thomas 
Hull  was  united  in  marriage  to 
Margaret  Craig  Swan,  the  cere- 
mony being  performed  by  the  late 
President  Joseph  F.  Smith.  Later 
the  couple  were  given  their  endow- 
ments in  the  old  Endowment 
House.  From  this  marriage  came 
four  daughters — Margaret  Hull 
Eastmond,  Provo;  Florence  Hull, 
San  Francisco;  Edna  Hull  Bennion, 
Spokane;  and  Susanah  Hull  Evans 
(deceased) ,  Salt  Lake  City.  Mrs. 
Hull  died  in  1907,  and  two  years 
later,  Mr.  Hull  married  Mary  Ann 
Price,  who  survives  him. 

■"THOUGH  he  was  always  busy, 
Mr.  Hull  found  time  to  give  a 

(Continued  on  page  102) 


91 


Capitalizing  on  that 

Urge  to  do 
_  Somethina 


By 


u 


ROBERT  T.  SNOW  AND  HIS 
GORDON  LIGHT  HYDROPLANE 


VACATION  time  has  mostly  been  considered 
"play  time,"  by  boys  from  12  to  15  years  of 
age  who  live  in  the  city  and  who  are  denied  the 
advantages  of  living  and  working  on  a  farm  during 
the  three  months  school  is  out  in  the 
summer  time.  But  few  "city  fathers" 
or  others  interested  in  the  youth  of  to- 
day have  thought  up  a  better  plan  than 
the  one  I  recently  saw  in  action  right 
in  the  heart  of  our  community — Salt 
Lake  City. 

Working  on  the  theory  that  boys 
are  interested  in  making  things  with 
their  hands,  in  using  their  eyes  and 
muscles  and  in  coordinating  their  brains 
and  their  eyes,  The  Deseret  Gymnasium 
offered  a  six  weeks  summer  course  for 
adolescent  boys.  The  course  was  varied, 
for  each  day  except  Sunday  there  was 
an  hour  and  a  half  in  a  commodious, 
well  lighted  and  equipped  shop  under 
technically  trained  and  experienced  teach- 
ers; then  an  hour  of  games,  including 
baseball,  archery,  and  so  on;  and  the  boys 
topped  off  the  day  with  a  good  swim. 

According  to  Bryant  S.  Hinckley, 
manager  of  the  gymnasium,  two  things 
were  guaranteed  to  boys  who  attended 
regularly  and  worked  willingly:  (1) 
Every  boy  would  be  taught  to  swim. 
(If  he  didn't  learn  during  the  six  weeks 
of  the  course,  he  could  come  until  he 
did  learn.)  (2)  Every  boy  would  make 
something  useful. 


Weston  N.  Nordgren 


These  boys  had  no  leisure  time  hanging 
heavily  on  their  hands — they  put  it  to  use. 
What  they  did,  the  boys  of  any  community 
can  do  with  the  proper  kind  of  leadership. 

So  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  learn,  every  boy  picked 
up  enough  of  the  swimming  art  to  handle  himself  in 
an  ordinary  pool,  and  some  became  adept  in  several 
strokes.  Swimming  every  day  for  six  weeks  is  bound 
to  teach  the  boy  something,  and  the  more  than  150 
boys  who  signed  up  for  the  course  this  year  did  well. 

When  the  course  was  about  two-thirds  through, 
Mr.  Hinckley  took  me  into  the  shop  and  showed  me 
around.     The  rooms  were  full  of  boys,  all  quietly 

{Continued  on   page    123) 
AIRPLANES  AND  THEIR   MAKERS     DESERET  GYM— 1934 


92 


'THE  ANGEL   OF  THE  TRAIL" 


ON  May  7,  1833,  Abraham 
Lincoln  was  commissioned 
postmaster  at  New  Salem, 
Illinois.  On  May  7,  1 933,  in  com- 
memoration of  that  event,  1 1 8  Boy 
Scouts  of  America  took  to  the  open 
road  and  traveled  the  twenty-two 
miles  from  New  Salem  to  Spring- 
field afoot;  carrying,  between  them, 
2500  pieces  of  mail !  Some  of  these 
Scouts  came  from  a  great  distance 
in  order  to  participate. 

The  letters  they  carried  were 
replicas  of  a  letter  written  by  one 
Mathew  S.  Marsh  to  his  relatives 
back  East,  franked  by  Abraham 
Lincoln,  in  1835.  The  original 
is  a  valued  part  of  a  Lincoln  coU 
lection  owned  by  attorney  Oliver 
R.  Barret,  Chicago.  Each  of  these 
envelopes  was  embellished  with  a 
cachet  designed  by  Wilson  Rape  of 
the  Illinois  State  Register,  and  told 
a  story  of  progress  in  itself.  The 
regular  Boy  Scouts  of  America  in- 
signia, a  tree  foil,  was  inscribed  in 
the  upper  section  with  a  picture  of 
the  Lincoln-Berry  store,  in  which 
the  New  Salem  postoffice  was 
housed.  In  its  left  wing  you  see  a 
picture  of  the  old  Illinois  State 
Capitol  Building  to  which  Lincoln 
came  as  a  legislator;  and  in  which 
his  body  lay  in  state  after  the  assas- 
sination. This  is  now  the  Sanga- 
mon County  Court  House  in  which 
my  own  offices  are  located.  In  the 
right  wing  is  a  picture  of  the  White 
House.  Between  these  two  pictures 
is  a  facsimile  of  Lincoln's  own  sig- 
nature, the  original  of  which,  I  am 
proud  to  admit,  is  a  part  of  my 
own  collection.  The  head  of  Lin- 
coln is  a  copy  of  Patterson's  pro- 
duction. This  comes  as  near  being 
a  picture  of  him  at  the  time  he  was 
postmaster  as  any  we  have.  It  was 
taken  by  an  unknown  photog- 
rapher during  the  time  that  Lincoln 
was  a  legislator,  immediately  after 
acting  as  postmaster.      From  this 


THE 


Of 


HIKE 


INSPIRATION 


By 

JUDGE  BENJAMIN  DE  BOISE 

as  told  to 

MATILDA  ROSE  McLAREN 


were  mailed  to  His  Majesty,  King 
George  of  England;  President 
Roosevelt;    Ex-president    Hoover; 

ED  CORELL,  POSING  IN  FRONT  OF  RUTLEDGE 
TAVERN,  MAY  7,  1933 


picture  the  artist  Patterson  received     by   the  Scout   who   carried   them, 
much   of   his   inspiration    for    the 
picture    known    as,     "Lincoln    as 
Illinois  knew  him,"  which  hangs 
in  the  Administration  Building  in 
Lincoln  Park,  Chicago.     You  re- 
member, the  beard  be- 
came   a    part    of   the    IF 
Emancipator's       face 
only  after  he  had  be- 
come the  President  of 
the  United  States. 

In  addition  to  the 
mail  the  boys  carried, 
at  the  invitation  of 
the  local  Abraham 
Lincoln  Council  of 
The  Boy  Scouts  of 
America,  stamp  and 
postmark  collectors 
from  all  points  of  the 
United  States  and 
Canada  addressed  to 
themselves  mail,  sent 
it  to  Springfield  and 
had  it  mailed  to  the 
home  address  on  May 
7.  Besides  the  reg- 
ular postmark,  these 
were  stamped  with 
Lincoln  stamps, 
cacheted  on  the  front 
with  Patterson's  head 
of  Lincoln  and  the 
artist's  signature;  on 
the  back,  with  the  de- 
signed-f  o  r-the-occa- 
sion  Scout  tree  foil. 
Both  types  of  mail, 
that  sent  here  by  col- 
lectors and  that  ac- 
tually carried  by  the 
boys,  totalled  12,000 
pieces!  Letters,  signed 
at  the  end  of  the  hike 


■ 


* 


9a 


Literally  in  the  Footsteps  of 
ABRAHAM  LINCOLN 


Col.  Charles  Lindbergh;  Dr.  Eck- 
ner,  Commander  the  Graf  Zepplin; 
every  governor  in  the  United 
States  and  to  various  notables  re- 
siding in  France,  Italy,  Australia, 
New  Zealand  and  Canada. 

TT  may  be  of  interest  to  you  to 
know  that  in  Lincoln's  day  post- 
age rates  were  6%.c,  12^c,  1634c 
and  25c,  according  to  the  distance, 
and   was  always   collected   at   the 
point  of  destination.     Sometimes, 
the  addressee  would  not  have  the 
postage  and  Lincoln,   not  having 
the  heart  to  refuse,  would  let  him 
have   it  anyway;    making  up   the 
difference  out  of  his  own  meagre 
income!      It  is  said  that  Lincoln 
kept  his  money  in  two  socks;  one 
the  postoffice  sock,  and  the  other 
the  Lincoln  sock.    When  Salemites 
began  to  notice  that  sometimes  the 
full  postage  was  not  being  collected, 
they  started  an  investigation  and 
found  that  the  postoffice  sock  was 
not  in  the  red  but  the  Lincoln  sock 
was  highly  emaciated  from  malnu- 
trition!      Contrary     to     ordinary 
politics,  as  Postmaster,  Lincoln  was 
not  in  accord  with  the  administra- 
tion of  that  day  but,  because  his 
predecessor  liked  old  John  Barley- 
corn too  well,  the  women  of  the 
district  petitioned  to  have  honest 
Abe  installed.     It  was  while  acting 
as  postmaster  that  Lincoln  spent 
much   of  his  time  studying   law; 
walking  the  twenty-two  miles  to 
Springfield  to  borrow   law  books 
from  Judge  John  T.  Stuart.     And 
this  walk  is  now  known  as  The 
Boy  Scout  Lincoln  Trail. 

Perhaps  you  would  like  to  know 
something  about  the  hike  itself? 
In  the  summer  of  1926  Scout  Com- 
missioner R.  Allen  Stephens,  of  the 
Abraham  Lincoln  Council  realized 
this  unusual  method  by  which  a 
great  inspiration  might  be  derived 
from  the  story  of  our  martyr 
President.  The  humble  village  life; 
the  lengthy  walks  in  order  to  bor- 
row texts;  the  way  he  invariably 
started  to  study  these  on  the  open 
road  before  he  ever  reached  home; 
and  after  he  did  reach  it,  there  was 
only  the  fire  place  to  serve  as  stu- 
dent lamp  in  the  Onstott  Cooper 


In  Lincoln's  Steps!  What  a  hike  this  would  be  for  a 
Boy  Scout!  We  are  wondering  if  any  Scout y  a  member  of  the 
L.  D.  S.  Churchy  has  yet  made  this  pilgrimage — if  soy  we 
should  like  to  hear  from  him. 


shop;  all  these  inconveniences  went 
to  build  the  warp  and  woof  of  the 
greatest  and  best  beloved  American 
citizen!  How  better  to  profit  by 
his  experience,  to  absorb  inspiration 
than  by  actually  walking  the  same 
path?  For  this  purpose,  in  confer- 
ence with  Scout  Executive,  A.  J. 
Davis  and  other  interested  parties, 
a  set  of  rules  was  formulated  by 
which  all  Scouts  who  wish  to  earn 
for  themselves  the  bronze  Lincoln 
Trail  medal  must  be 
governed. 

To      receive      this 
medal,  a  Scout  must 
walk     alone     the 
twenty-two    miles 
and  memorize  on  the 
way  some  of  the  Lin- 
coln quotations 
which  are  printed  on 
the  back  of  the  cre- 
dential     sheet      for 
which  he  must  qual- 
ify     at      Springfield 
Scout       headquarters 
before      taking      the 
hike.     Some  of  these 
are:  "Learn  the  laws 
and     obey     them." 
"Give  us  a  little  more 
light  and  a  little  less 
noise."    "Don't  swap 
horses  in  the  middle 
of  the  stream."     Be- 
fore a  credential  sheet 
is    issued,    the    Scout 
must  qualify  as  to  his 
Scout    standing,     his 
health  and  must  have 
turned    in    to    head- 
quarters   a   book    re- 
view on,   "The  Boy 
Scout's  Life  Of  Lin- 
coln,"  by   Ida    Tar- 
bell.   This  essay  must 
not    be    under     200 
words  nor  over  300. 
When    the    Scout 
sets    out    from    New 


Salem,  (he  furnishes  his  own  trans- 
portation there)  he  registers  with 
the  custodian  of  the  New  Salem 
State  Park  where  the  Illinois  His- 
torical Society  has  reproduced  the 
log  cabins  of  Lincoln  memories. 
Mr.  Geisness  also  signs  the  boy's 
credential  sheet.  On  days  when 
but  two  or  three  boys  make  the 
(Continued  on  page    118) 

COMMEMORATING     ONE     HUNDREDTH     ANNIVER- 
SARY  COMMISSIONING    A.    LINCOLN    POSTMASTER 
OF  NEW  SALEM 


WHEN  WINTER 


By  E.  L.  CHICANOT 


CHATEAU  FRONTENAC  AND  TOBOGGAN  SLIDE- 
QUEBEC 


LITERALLY  millions  of 
Americans  visit  Canada  in 
her  glorious  summer  months. 
Before,  however,  the  fall's  first  frost 
has  commenced  to  tint  the  maples 
they  have  all  returned  home  again. 
It  is  not  only  that  vacation  time 
is  over,  that  holidaymakers  must 
resume  routines  and  take  up  again 
the  pursuit  of  livelihoods.  There 
is  a  certain  apprehension  over  the 
Canadian  winter  which  makes  them 
flee  before  its  approach.  It  would 
be  very  difficult  indeed  to  convince 
these  people  that  the  season  they 
are  escaping  may  be  just  as  divert- 
ing and  enjoyable  as  the  one  they 
have  experienced. 


Certainly  many 
misconceptions  exist 
on  the  Canadian  win- 
ter; fiction  and  the 
motion  pictures  have 
tended  to  emphasize 
the  rigorous  and  un- 
pleasant side  so  that 
the  impression  which 
If  generally  prevails 
among  those  who  do 
not  know  Canada  in 
the  winter  months  is 
anything  but  a  pleas- 
ant one.  Few  have 
any  suspicion  that  the 
season  regarded  as  so 
forbidding  and  terri- 
fying may  have  an- 
other side;  that  so  far 
from  dreading  the  ap- 
proach of  the  wintry 
season  many  Cana- 
dians, especially  the 
young,  the  vigorous 
and  the  sport-loving, 
positively  look  for- 
ward with  keenness 
to  its  advent  and  hail 
the  first  days  of  frost 
and  snow  with  de- 
-4     light. 

Canadians  do  not 
I  deny  that  it  is  at  times 
decidedly  cold  in 
their  country  in  the  winter 
months  and  candidly  admit  that 
the  elements  can  be  extremely 
unpleasant  at  this  season.  But 
that  is  not  their  way  of  re- 
garding them.  They  have  to  live 
in  their  country  summer  and  win- 
ter and  life  would  be  very  drear  if 
for  a  substantial  part  of  the  year 
they  found  conditions  very  dis- 
agreeable and  merely  tolerated 
them.  They  have  adopted  a  very 
different  attitude  towards  their 
winter. 

Instead  of  meekly  accepting  the 
stern  elements  of  winter  as  an  in- 
evitable hardship,  waging  a  futile 
battle  with  them  and  being  gen- 
erally miserable,  Canadians  have 
long  made  it  a  practice  to  seize 
them  boldly  and  mould  them  to 
their     pleasure     and     enjoyment. 


Everything  that  in  a  sportive  way 
can  be  done  with  ice  and  snow  is 
being  effected  in  Canada  and  new 
ways  of  squeezing  recreation  out  of 
them  are  being  devised  every  year. 
As  a  result  when  the  people  of  other 
countries  are  perhaps  inclined  to 
pity  those  of  Canada,  with  their 
country  locked  in  King  Winter's 
icy  grip,  everybody  is  really  having 
a  wonderful  time  and  engaging  in 
a  variety  of  outdoor  sports  that  is 
possible  in  few  other  countries. 

After  all  this  is  very  reasonable 
when  it  is  considered  that  every 
year  people  who  live  in  milder 
climates  in  many  parts  of  the  world 
go  to  snow-clad  Switzerland  and 
icy  Norway  for  the  sake  of  the 
sports  _  that  are  possible  in  those 
countries.  These  are  seasonable  di- 
versions which  Canada  has  right  at 

home  and 
which  she  has 
been  enjoy- 
ing since  the 
earliest     days 


THE  BOUNCE 


95 


COMES  TO  CANADA 


of  her  settlement.  It  is  only  in 
recent  years,  however,  that  Cana- 
dians have  come  to  realize  that  the 
people  of  other  countries  might  like 
to  come  and  share  them  and  have 
accordingly  made  certain  special 
provisions  for  visitors. 

TT  must  first  of  all  be  realized  that 
Canada  is  not  altogether  the 
bleak  land  of  wind-swept  snowy 
expanses  that  she  is  so  often  pic- 
tured in  the  winter  months.  While 
such  conditions  may  exist  over  a 
large  area  of  the  Dominion  which 
yet  remains  unsettled  and 
undeveloped  it  does  not 
in  the  least  faith-  .^ 

fully  portray 


have  come  to  know.  It  seems  to 
be  wrapped  in  cotton  wool  and 
all  traffic  sounds  are  deadened  by 
the  snowy  blanket.  The  only 
sound  to  make  itself  distinctly 
heard  is  the  tinkle  of  sleigh  bells 
as  the  little  horse-drawn  vehicles 
with  their  fur-clad  drivers  move 
through  the  city  street.  The 
almost  daily  sun  catches 
with  its  rays  pen- 
d  a  n  t  icicles 
upon  the 


practically  every  night  there.  For 
those  who  would  rather  skate 
themselves  there  are  numerous  out- 
door rinks  where,  under  powerful 
arc-lights,     skaters    circle    to    the 

music     o  f 

hidden 

bands. 

Mount 

Royal, 


tab- 
lished 
and 
produc-      i 
tive   area 
of  Canada 
where 
thriving 

cities  and  towns  have  evolved, 
harboring  large,  and  for  the  main 
part,  healthy  and  robust  popula- 
tions. Here  winter  comes  in  the 
guise  of  a  magician  to  transform 
nature  to  a  new  loveliness. 

No  one  who  knows  it,  for  in- 
stance, could  think  of  winter  as  an 
unpleasant  time  in  Montreal,  Can- 
ada's largest  city.  King  Winter 
waves  his  wand  there  and  the 
scenery  is  overspread  with  a  mantle 
of  purest  white  and  adorned  with 
frost  jewels.  It  is  a  different  city 
altogether  but  quite  as  attractive  as 
that  summer  one  so  many  visitors     pi 


trees  and 
there  is  a  con- 
stant    flashing     of 
multicolored    fire    from 
them.     Crowds  move  happily 
and  energetically  about  in  the  keen 
bracing  air. 

There  is  no  city  on  the  continent 
which  has  more  agreeable  or  divers- 
ified sport  in  the  winter  months. 
Montreal  is  a  busy  financial  and 
commercial  center  and  it  is  only 
really  at  night  and  the  week-ends, 
when  business  has  been  laid  aside, 
that  the  city  has  time  to  enjoy  it- 
self. Then  crowds  are  to  be  found 
moving  in  all  directions  bound  for 
some  manner  of  diversion  which 
only  the  wintry  elements  make  pos- 
sible. 

The  finest  ice  hockey  games  in 
the  world  are  to  be  seen  in  Mon- 
treal and  the  fastest  game  on  earth 
ayed  at  its  very  best  can  be  viewed 


SKIING   IN  THE  ROCKY 

MOUNTAINS    NEAR    BANFF 


Montreal's  choicest  posses- 
sion, the  eminence  looming  over 
the  city  and  accessible  from  all 
points,  is  a  veritable  paradise  for 
winter  sports'  devotees.  Snow- 
shoers  tramp  across  its  crest,  and 
skiers  shoot  perilously  between  the 
trees  down  its  lower  slopes.  On 
its  famous  toboggan  slide,  the 
longest  in  the  world,  loads  of  hap- 
py and  thrilled  humanity  are 
catapulted  down  and  into  the  val- 
ley below  hour  after  hour.  The 
Fete  de  Nuit  is  a  riot  of  light  and 
color  with  its  fireworks  display, 
the  torchlight  procession,  and  the 
hundreds  of  revellers  clad  in  sports 
togs  on  the  mountain  sides ! 

At  the  week-end  particularly  the 
mountain  features  the  greatest 
gaiety  and  merriment  when  it  is  the 
mecca  of  all  citizens  who  are  out  to 
enjoy  the  winter.  Skiers  in  all 
manner  of  bright  colored  costumes 
shoot  down  the  icy  slopes.  Crowds 
of  pedestrians,  enjoying  the  brac- 
ing air,  climb  to  the  look-out  on 
(Continued  on  page  119) 


.-.  a 


a^MjEEES 


;Q^<^?..^&^^ 


"■>•      y*-  •" 


•^        -^ 


«> 


-V-S 


SPI 


I  '>■/*>  , 


*>* 


'ft's,/ 


'? 


//■ 


?&, 


r^ 


X 


/ 


¥ 


B 


p 


i 


"(tj 


i*. 


i® 


:m 


c* 


A 


\I 


m 


/*■ 


zi-A 


as 


»"y 


i^J 


?*e- 


y* 


M 


V 


r 


.v. 


s-*  - 


^^5 


Vd* 


-  <sp^.  r 


^ 


„  \ 


i  o 


>v 


//// 


►•►•J4 


v/ 


W- 


\.y  s>   ' 


2*>. 


■  !\ 


JHE  Trail  leads  up,  Boy  Scout,  up  to  a  still  more  interested  Citizenship  . .  .  .^. 
^Jj  a  broader  Education ....  a  zest  for  new  intellectual  and  Spiritual  Experi- 
'   ences ....  a  Faith  as  firm  as  ours,  ever  eager  for  new  Light ....  new  planes  of  Peace 
&     and  Social  Justice  ....  up  to  a  complete  dedication  of  your  life  to  Service  to  God 
l^>   through  Service  to  your  Fellows.     My  hopes  ....  my  prayers.  .  .  .  attend  you'" 


■<      vv 


.   *& 


$1 


«  S  3&-'H3:<fcfe>  P(Y^9:  7^7^^ 


NTTTTrrrrrrr.Vn*iJ 


BE 


>m»mmmm&mm  AtAi^*?*^  ■ 


taiwiiMnmuifcinniiimuMiij 


^11<^I  *te:J*3Sm 


98 


THAT  POWER 
WAS  MINE ! 


TO  know  the  date  of  one's  birth 
is  not  unusual,  but  to  know 
the  day  and  hour  of  one's 
death  is  reserved  for  those  who  die 
by  law.  To  contemplate  the  ap- 
proach of  that  day  and  hour  is  not, 
as  a  rule,  fraught  with  cheerful 
anticipation. 

I  was  in  a  neighboring  state  one 
evening,  addressing  a  father-and- 
son  banquet.  I  was  stressing  the 
responsibility  of  parents  in  training 
their  children,  and  I  reminded  them 
of  the  Biblical  injunction :  'Train 
up  a  child  in  the  way  he  should  go; 
and  when  he  is  old  he  will  not  de- 
part from  it."  In  support  of  the 
value  of  early  training,  I  pointed 
out  that  among  the  hundreds  of 
prisoners  in  our  State  prison,  not 
one  had  ever  been  a  member  of  the 
Boy  Scouts,  and  that  a  doctor  of 
one  of  the  large  penal  institutions 
of  New  York  state  had  said  that  in 
his  twenty  years  of  service  he  had 
not  known  one  of  the  thousands  of 
criminals  in  that  institution  who 
had  ever  been  a  member  of  the- 
Scouts.  Drawing  my  watch  from 
my  pocket,  I  said  to  the  six  or  seven 
hundred  boys  present:  "It  is  now 
eight  o'clock.  At  this  same  hour 
tomorrow  night,  in  the  peniten- 
tiary of  my  state,  a  boy  (for  he  is 
little  more  than  a  boy)  will  walk 
or  be  dragged  through  a  little  green 
baize  door  into  Eternity.  He  had 
forgotten  God  and  the  things  of 
God — if,  indeed,  he  had  ever 
known  them.  With  me  rests  the 
final  decision  as  to  whether  he  shall 
live  or  whether  he  shall  die  to- 
morrow— the  power  of  a  king,  the 
prerogative  of  a  god." 

Next  morning,  as  I  entered  my 
office  at  the  Statehouse,  I  found  the 
prison  chaplain  awaiting  me — an 
ominous  reminder  of  the  execution 
to  occur  that  night,  although  such 
a  reminder  is  not  necessary,  be- 
cause a  governor  who  is  impressed 
with  the  weal  or  woe  of  his  people 
always  feels  the  strain  of  such  an 
event. 

The  chaplain  pleaded  with  me 
again  to  grant  a  final  hearing  to  the 


By 

GOVERNOR 

HARRY  fl.  MOORE 

of  New  Jersey 


mother  of  the  condemned  youth. 
He  said  she  had  exhausted  every 
means  in  an  effort  to  save  him,  and 
now  his  fate  was  in  my  hands;  I 
alone  could  grant  a  reprieve.  She 
would  not  feel  satisfied,  he  con- 
tinued, unless  she  had  made  this 
last  effort. 

I  naturally  shrank  from  such  an 
interview,  harrowing  and  nerve- 
racking  as  perforce  such  interviews 
must  be.  However,  because  of  his 
importuning,  his  somewhat  vague 
hints  that  her  story  might  move  me 
to  a  favorable  consideration  of  her 
plea,  I  allowed  myself  to  be  per- 
suaded to  grant  her  request  for  an 
interview. 

She  entered  the  room  bent  and 
sobbing,  as  only  a  broken-hearted 
mother  can  sob;  and  as  I  arose  to 
receive  her,  she  threw  herself  upon 
the  floor,  and  lying  prone  at  my 
feet,  she  clasped  her  arms  about  my 
legs  and  in  a  voice  quivering  with 
emotion,  cried  over  and  over  again: 
"Please,  Governor,  please  save  my 
boy!"  Kneeling  beside  her,  the 
chaplain  audibly  prayed  that  God 
might  fill  my  heart  with  mercy — 
while  the  prayer  I  needed  most  was 
that  I  might  have  the  courage  to 
do  the  will  of  the  people  as  ex- 
pressed by  their  representatives,  and 
to  uphold  the  traditions  of  Jersey 
justice. 

It  was  a  scene  which  one  does  not 
soon  forget,  and  my  heart  was  torn 
within  me  for  the  anguished 
mother — one  word  would  make 
her  happy;  one  word  could  plunge 
her  into  the  lowest  depths  of  de- 
spair. 

As  the  chaplain  intoned  his 
prayer,  I  remembered  those  words 
I  had  often  recited  as  a  boy.  "The 
quality  of  mercy  is  not  strained; 
It  droppeth  as  the  gentle  rain  from 


Ever  since  the  kidnaping 
of  little  Charles  Augustus 
Lindbergh,  the  state  of  New 
Jersey  and  its  Governor  have 
been  very  much  in  the  public 
mind.  Through  the  courtesy 
of  "Red  Book  Magazine"  our 
readers  are  given  an  oppor- 
tunity to  see  into  the  heart  of 
Governor  Moore.  This  ar- 
ticle appeared  in  that  maga- 
zine for  January.  Every  fath- 
er and  mother ,  every  boy, 
every  Bishop  and  Scouter, 
should  read  this  article. 


Heaven."  But  all  at  once  another 
scene  was  pictured  before  me.  I 
saw  an  office  with  a  number  of 
clerks  busy  about  their  tasks.  Sud- 
denly the  door  flies  open.  A  young 
man  enters  with  a  gun  in  his  hand; 
several  other  young  men  follow 
him.  The  one  with  the  gun  shouts 
out:  "Stick  'em  up!"  Instantly 
all  the  clerks  raise  their  hands  ex- 
cept one,  the  office-boy;  and  he, 
with  the  spirit  of  a  Crusader  of  old, 
launches  his  strong  young  body  at 
the  gunman,  only  to  be  met  with 
a  bullet  which  sends  him  stagger- 
ing to  the  floor.  But  he  is  only 
wounded;  he  raises  himself — 
whereupon  the  gunman  with  a 
sardonic  smile  steps  over  to  him 
and  pumps  three  more  bullets  into 
the  boy's  body,  and  his  noble  soul 
goes  to  its  reward.  He  is  dead — 
the  sole  support  of  his  mother,  who 
comes  and  takes  his  poor  bullet- 
ridden  body  to  its  final  resting- 
place. 

I  stoop  down  and  raise  the  wom- 
an to  her  feet;  I  order  the  chaplain 
to  cease  praying  and  stand  up;  and 
then  I  say:  "I'm  sorry,  but  your 
boy  must  pay  the  price." 

"Save  my  boy!"  is  a  cry  which  I 
have  often  heard;  but  I  am  per- 
suaded that  that  particular  job  is 
committed  to  the  parents  when  a 
child  is  born;  and  wise  indeed  are 
they,  if  they  enlist  the  powerful 
and  effective  assistance  of  the  church 
or  the  synagogue  in  the  perform- 
ance of  their  task — Reprinted  by 
permission  from  "Redbook  Mag- 
azine." 


Scouting  and  Boys 

•"TEACHERS,  scientists,  philosophers — all  who 
have  made  a  study  of  human  nature  are  agreed 
that  early  training  is  an  important  factor  in  all 
life.  "As  the  twig  is  bent  so  is  the  tree  inclined." 
Latter-day  Saints  are  particularly  enjoined  to  train 
their  children  in  correct  principles.  Therefore  it 
is  not  surprising  that  the  Young  Men's  Mutual 
Improvement  Association  early  recognized  the  ex- 
cellence in  the  Boy  Scout  program  and,  with  the 
approval  of  the  Church  Authorities,  adopted  it  for 
our  own  youth. 

Some  may  say  that  boys  seemed  to  get  along 
before  Scouting  was  ever  thought  of.  True,  but 
they  did  not  get  along  so  well.  Changing  times 
require  a  change  in  methods.  To  give  a  boy  a 
chance  to  do  the  things  he  likes  to  do,  to  let  him 
touch  a  big  world  full  of  interests,  to  start  him 
out  in  the  right  direction  in  character-building, 
is  to  confer  upon  him  an  incalculable  benefit,  the 
effects  of  which  will  shape  and  color  his  entire 
life.  A  boy  who  is  trained  to  be  observing,  to  be 
polite,  to  be  considerate  of  others,  to  show  proper 
respect  to  his  elders,  has  a  tremendous  advantage 
in  his  contacts  with  society.  Many  a  good  man 
has  regretted  his  lack  of  early  training  in  these 
things. 

The  General  Officers  of  the  Young  Women's 
Mutual  Improvement  Association  are  as  concerned 
with  the  training  of  boys  as  they  are  with  the 
training  of  girls.  The  lives  of  these  young  people 
parallel.  They  should  march  together  to  the 
same  goal.  Therefore  we  commend  the  Young 
Men's  organization  and  all  others  who  are  en- 
gaged in  this  splendid  work  for  boys.  May  their 
remarkable  success  be  added  upon  ten-fold. 

Ruth  May  Fox,  Pres.  Y.  W.  M.  L  A. 

R  Boy  and  a  Valentine 

"\ATITH    roses,    forgetmenots,    doves    and    lace 
backgrounds  so  profusely  displayed  for  Val- 
entine's Day,  a  boy  sometimes  feels  that  it  is  not 
his  day,  really. 

It  is  too  sentimental  for  him,  too  effeminate, 
too  flowery  and  gushing.  Naturally  he  bows  to 
the  traditions  of  the  day  sufficiently  to  push 
through  the  slit  in  the  Valentine  Box  a  few  tokens 
for  the  nicest  girls  in  the  room;  or,  if  he  has  grown 
out  of  school,  to  cause  the  very  nicest  girl  to 
receive  a  more  elaborate  emblem  of  devotion — 
candy,  flowers,  books,  or  other  things.  To  a  boy, 
tender  affections  are  not  to  be  bandied  about  in 
Valentine  and  mail-boxes;  they  are  to  be  kept 
fairly  well  hidden  in  the  depths  of  himself  and 
brought  out  for  display  only  occasionally  and  in 
the  presence  of  certain  privileged  individuals.    To 


a  girl  it  is  thrilling  to  be  acclaimed  before  friends 
and  relatives  as  the  favored  of  a  particular  man, 
young  or  old.  It  has  been  said  that  to  man  love 
is  a  thing  apart;  'tis  woman's  whole  existence. 
The  attitudes  underlying  this  analysis  perhaps 
explain  the  difference  in  the  feelings  of  boys  and 
girls  at  Valentine  time. 

There  is,  however,  a  possibility  for  a  boy  on 
this  day  which  might  serve  a  double  purpose — 
that  of  sending  Valentines  (verbal,  written  or 
formal)  to  his  Mother:  One  purpose  would  be 
to  express  sentiment  to  one  who  will  understand 
and  love  it;  the  other  to  put  a  bit  of  Mother's 
Day  ahead  a  few  months.  For  Christmas  plans 
have  materialized  into  gifts  for  Mother — that  is 
the  expected  thing.  On  Mother's  Day  the  proper 
recognition  will  be  made — that,  too,  is  expected. 
But  on  Valentine  Day  Mothers  have  rather  stop- 
ped looking  for  remembrances  for  themselves; 
have  remained  content  to  admire  and  exclaim 
over  the  tokens  the  rest  of  the  family  have  received. 
And  because  it  is  exciting  to  send  unexpected 
Valentines,  it  will  naturally  prove  so  to  send  them 
to  Mothers. 

What  kind  of  Valentines  might  a  boy  send  to 
his  Mother?  There  is  such  wide  variety  and 
choice  that  every  boy  might  select  a  different  sort. 
There  is  the  quiet  assurance,  spoken  with  the 
sincerity  of  eyes  meeting  eyes,  that  she  is  a  great 
little  Mother — the  best  in  all  the  world.  There 
is  the  written  note,  telling  her  of  what  she  has 
meant,  and  is  meaning,  in  the  life  of  a  boy  who 
doesn't  quite  know  what  life  is  all  about.  Or, 
still  written,  a  statement  of  ways  in  which  a  boy 
is  determined  to  make  a  Valentine  a  permanent, 
lasting  thing — not  just  a  passing  utterance — by 
keeping  the  walks  clean;  or  even  a  neck;  by  hang- 
ing pajamas  up  each  morning — and  not  on  the 
floor;  by  taking  time  out  once  in  awhile  to  tell  her 
of  hopes  and  dreams  and  ambitions — and  ways 
of  making  them  come  true.  Make  a  Valentine 
last  through  all  the  year  and  it  makes  an  enchanted 
year  of  it! 

Boys,  you  see,  are  their  Mothers'  accounts  in 
the  bank  of  life.  Into  the  bank  a  Mother  puts 
every  spare  bit  of  the  money-of-memory;  the  cur- 
rency of  courtesy;  the  wealth-of- wonder  which 
comes  with  motherhood.  Work,  worry,  trouble 
and  disappointments  can  so  easily  be  submerged 
if  the  bank  account  is  accumulating  in  heartening 
proportions.  But  to  be  a  good  investment,  boys 
must  do  one  thing — keep  up  their  interest — and 
to  keep  it  up  in  Mothers  is  the  greatest  of  all  great 
kinds  of  Valentine! — E,  T,  B. 

CCOUTING  is  the  greatest  program  for  boys 
ever  devised  by  man,"  a  Church  leader  has 
said.      Is  your   ward,   your  branch,    taking  ad- 
vantage of  that  program? 


99 


100 


LIGHTS  anc 


.  SHADOWS  on  the  SCREEN 


•pHE  Little  Minister  (R.  K.  O.) : 
■  With  a  fine  Scotch  flavor,  against 
the  beautiful  background  of  Thrumms 
village,  the  old  Barrie  story  is  told  of 
the  young  clergyman  who  gives  his  love 
to  the  gay,  irresponsible  gypsy  Babbie. 
Charmingly  enacted.  Family. 

Sweet  Adeline  (Warner  Bros.) : 
Done  in  quaint  mood  and  manner  of 
the  old  song  this  musical  moves  charm- 
ingly through  a  series  of  episodes  which 
takes  a  girl  from  her  father's  simple  cafe 
to  the  heights  of  the  concert  stage.  Deft- 
ly directed.   Family. 

Bright  Eyes  (Fox)  :  A  story  made 

to  measure  for  the  diminutive  Shirley 
Temple,  this  picture  will  appeal  to  al- 
most every  age.    Family. 

Broadway  Bill  (Columbia) :  The 
story  of  a  man's  love  for  his  horse  and 
faith  in  the  ability  of  the  animal,  Broad- 
way Bill,  to  win  a  race  takes  various 
people  from  cross  sections  of  life  into 
a  surprisingly  interesting  story.  Ethical 
values  might  be  questioned,  as  a  too- 
casual  divorce,  shooting  craps,  and  the 
courting  of  a  woman  with  money  by 
a  man  already  "slightly  married"  are 
woven  in  so  smoothly  that  their  pres- 
ence goes  almost  unnoticed.  Aside  from 
this,  for  Adults  and  Young  People. 

The  County  Chairman  (Fox) : 
Political  picture  of  twenty  years  ago 
which  works  toward  an  exciting  cli- 
max. A  jolly,  wholesome  and  human 
bit  of  entertainment.  Family. 

Grand  Old  Girl  (R.  K.  O.) :  Or- 
iginal story  of  a  domineering,  tender, 
understanding  school  principal  of  thirty 
years  who  almost  goes  down  to  defeat 
when  she  tries  to  fight  the  selfish  inter- 
ests of  the  town  in  saving  her  boys  and 
girls.  Verges  on  good  hokum  toward 
the  last.   Family. 

Wicked  Woman  (M.  G.  M.) : 
The  story  of  a  woman's  grim  battle 
for  the  happiness  of  her  children  is 
fraught  with  tragedy  and  realism,  but 
made  unusually  interesting  by  the  pres- 
ence of  a  new  foreign  actress,  Mady 
Christians.    Adults. 

BABES  IN  TOYLAND  (Hal  Roach)  : 
A  phantasy  produced  with  imagination 
and  novelty  possible  only  in  pictures. 
The  good  old  characters  of  Mother 
Goose  come  to  life,  and,  aided  and 
abetted  by  the  perenially  funny  Laurel 
and  Hardy.  Children  especially,  but 
Family  as  well. 

The  Mighty  Barnum  (20th  Cen- 
tury) :  Rise  of  the  humble  Barnum  to 
the  position  of  the  greatest  showman  on 
earth  is  depicted  with  little  attention  to 
accuracy.  Many  badly  burlesqued  scenes 
create  a  jumble  which  is  a  matter  of 
taste  for  anyone. 

Forsaking  All  Others  (M.  G. 
M.)  :  Too  worldly  wise  in  type  to  ap- 
peal to  all,  this  picture  will  doubtless 


tTHE  members  of  the  "Era"  staff 
view  and  evaluate  pictures  in 
all  possible  cases.  When  this 
cannot  be  done,  the  estimates  of 
groups  of  people  organized  for 
this  especthl  purpose  are  taken. 
The  groups  previewing  pictures 
and  presenting  representative 
opinions  are:  Nat' I  Daughters 
of  the  American  Revolution; 
Nat' I  Society  New  England 
Women;  Gen.  Federation  Wom- 
en's Clubs;  California  Congress 
of  Parents  and  Teachers;  Nat' I 
Council  Jewish  Women;  Wom- 
en's University  Club. 

They  indicate  audience  classi- 
fications as  follows:  Children — 
up  to  14  years;  Adolescents — up 
to  18  years;  Young  People — 18 
to  25  years;  Adults — over  25 
years.  The  advice  of  these  com- 
mittees, and  the  "Era,"  is:  "Se- 
lect your  pictures.  Go  to  those 
you  know  are  of  line  type.  Stay 
away  from  those  that  you  know 
are  trashy  or  objectionable.  Your 
admission  ticket  is  a  definite  con- 
tribution toward  setting  stan- 
dards of  production." 


be  received  with  interest  by  Crawford, 
Montgomery  and  Gable  fans.  Such  a 
cast  spells  sophistication;  the  picture  is 
a  matter  of  choice. 

SEQUOIA  (M.  G.M.):  The  unique 
photography  of  the  poetic  beauty  of 
the  virgin  forest  with  its  herds  of  grace- 
ful deer  would  in  itself  alone  make  this 
a  delightful  film;  the  strange,  lifelong 
friendship  of  the  great  deer  and  the 
mountain  puma  adds  a   touch  which 


W.  C.  FIELDS  AND   FREDDIE  BARTHOLOMEW  IN 
"DAVID    COPPERFIELD" 


sets  a  new  high  in  film  entertainment. 
Family. 

READY  FOR  LOVE  (Paramount) : 
Adventures  of  a  young  girl  whose 
mother  sends  her  to  a  small  town  to 
cure  her  of  being  stage-struck.  Family. 

Fugitive  Lady  (Columbia) :  A 
young  girl  is  innocently  convicted  of 
crime,  and  through  a  series  of  exciting 
incidents  finds  romance.  An  ingenious, 
though  melodramatic  plot.  Fair  for 
Family. 

Gay  Bride  (M.  G.  M.):  A  gold- 
digging  chorus  girl  marries  a  racketeer 
and  their  experiences  make  up  a  tire- 
some and  pointless  story  with  uncon- 
vincing, unethical  confusion  a  1 1 
through. 

Bachelor  of  Arts  (Fox)  :  Pic- 
ture of  College  life,  skilfully  directed 
and  well  acted.   Family. 

EVENSONG  (Gaumont — British) : 
Selfish  ambition  and  pride  form  the 
theme  of  this  musical  romance  built 
around  a  singer  who  sacrifices  every- 
thing in  life  to  her  success  and  dies  with 
a  meaningless  crown  of  glory.  Excel- 
lent for  Family. 

Gentlemen  Are  Born  (First  Na- 
tional) :  Study  of  disappointments  and 
disillusionments  of  four  young  men  fol- 
lowing their  graduation  from  college. 
Well  done.  Adults  and  Young  People. 
it  and  sports.    Family. 

School  for  Girls  (Liberty) : 
Well  directed  and  interesting  drama  of 
girls'  reformatory.  Contains  food  for 
thought.   Adults  and  Young  People. 

The  White  Parade  (Fox)  :  Very 
human  drama  of  student  nurses  from 
probation  to  graduation,  with  the 
pathos,  tragedy,  joys  and  hopes  along 
the  way.  One  of  the  really  worthwhile 
pictures  of  the  year.   Family. 

Girl  O'  My  Dreams  (Mono): 
Sympathetic  study  of  family  life,  lifted 
by  fine  interpretation  into  the  field  of 
good  entertainment.   Family. 

Tomorrow's  Youth  (Mono.): 
An  appealing  picture  of  the  successful 
efforts  of  a  young  boy  to  avert  divorce 
of  parents.    Adults. 

BABBIT  (Warner  Bros.)  :  The  well- 
known  story  of  the  pompous  Babbit, 
his  strength  and  weakness  and  loyalty 
and  egotism.  Fair  blend  of  comedy  and 
satire  for  Adults  and  Young  People. 

Behold  My  Wife  (Paramount) : 
Rather  unusual  tale  of  New  York  so- 
ciety man  who  marries  an  Indian  girl 
in  order  to  disgrace  his  family,  only  to 
find  her  clever  and  charming  enough 
to  meet  the  situation  and  win  his  love. 
Rather  too  melodramatic.  Adults  and 
Young  People. 

BIOGRAPHY  (M.  G.  M.)  :  Enter- 
taining comedy  offering  plea  for  toler- 
ance concerning  human  frailties. 


Details  of  New  Procedure 
for  Quorums 

TN  the  January  Era  the  official  com- 
munication  from  the  General  Au- 
thorities of  the  Church  explaining  the 
new  policy  to  be  followed  in  conduct- 
ing Priesthood  meetings  during  the 
Sunday  School  hour,  and  also  in  the 
regular  monthly  Priesthood  meeting  of 
the  several  quorums,  was  published.  It 
is  expected  that  in  each  ward  and 
branch  of  the  Church  the  procedure  in 
this  official  communication  will  be 
faithfully  followed.  Some  of  the  details 
in  relation  to  these  meetings  could  not 
be  published  in  the  former  issue  and 
they  are  now  presented  here. 

Order  of  Business  in 
Bishopries  Meetings 

TT  is  suggested  that  each  Sunday  morn- 
ing  at  9:30,  or  earlier  if  desired, 
that  a  meeting  be  held  to  be  attended 
by  the  following:  The  Bishopric,  group 
leader  of  the  high  priests,  seventy  and 
elders;  the  presidents  of  the  teachers 
and  deacons  quorums;  the  Aaronic 
Priesthood  supervisor  and  any  others 
whom  the  bishopric  wishes  to  invite. 

In  this  meeting  the  order  of  business 
will  be  as  follows: 

1.  Opening  prayer. 

2.  Reports  on  assignments  previously 
made,  if  any. 

3.  Assignments  to  various  priesthood 
groups.* 

a.  High  Priests. 

b.  Seventies. 

c.  Elders. 

d.  Priests. 

e.  Teachers. 

f.  Deacons. 

4.  Choosing  of  one  of  the  three  Melchi- 
chizedek  Priesthood  group  leaders  to 
present  these  instructions  to  the  com- 
bined priesthood  groups  at  the  11:25 
a.  m.  meeting.  (Note :  In  those  wards 
in  which  Melchizedek  quorums  meet 
separately  this  assignment  need  not  be 
made  as  each  group  leader  will  present 
the  message  in  the  meeting  of  his 
group.) 


*Some  of  the  fields  of  activity  which 
should  be  considered  in  this  meeting  are  as 
follows:  Ward  teaching,  home  missionary 
work;  missionary  farewells,  attendance  at 
quarterly  conferences,  at  sacrament  meetings, 
Gospel  Doctrine  class  and  other  established 
meetings;  visiting  indigent  and  otherwise 
helpless  members  of  the  quorum;  visiting 
families  of  missionaries;  raising  missionary 
funds;  securing  conveyances  for  members 
attending  Priesthood  meetings,  stake  con- 
ferences, union  meetings,  etc.  For  the 
Aaronic  Priesthood:  Administration  of 
the  Sacrament;  collecting  fast  offerings  and 


Changes  in  Ordaining 

Young  Men  to  the 

Priesthood 

THE  presiding  authorities  have 
directed  that  the  following 
change  be  made  in  relation  to  class 
study  in  the  Sunday  Schools  of  the 
Church  and  in  the  ordaining  of 
young  men  to  the  Priesthood: 

"That  a  definite  time  be  fixed  foe 
the  ordaining  of  Priests  to  the  office 
of  Elder  in  the  Melchizedek  Priest- 
hood, and  that  this  age  be  19,  thus 
affording  Elders  the  privilege  of  two 
years  of  training  and  experience  be- 
fore they  become  eligible  for  ordina- 
tion to  the  office  of  Seventy." 

The  following  order  is  also  au- 
thorized for  advancement  in  the 
Aaronic  Priesthood: 

"Three  years  experience  and 
training  for  the  Deacons — 12,  13, 
14; 

"Two  years  experience  and  train- 
ing for  the  Teacher — 15  and   16; 

"Two  years  experience  and  train- 
ing for  the  Priests — 17  and   18." 

A  two-year  course  is  provided  in 
missionary -training  for  Elders  and 
young  women  of  19  and  20  years 
of  age  who  are  prospective  mission- 
aries. 

Under  this  arrangement  worthy 
young  men  may  be  ordained  Elders 
at  19  years  of  age,  and  after  com- 
pleting this  two-year  course,  or  dur- 
ing the  time  if  necessary,  they  may 
be  called  on  missions  and  be  ordained 
Seventies  before  departing  for  their 
mission  fields. 


any  other  duties  particularly  applicable  to 
ward  conditions. 

Suggestive  Order  of  Business 
for   Weekly  Priesthood  Ac- 
tivity Meeting — Mel- 
chizedek Groups 

(See  Quorum  Bulletin,  Vol.  2, 
Number  1,  page  2,  January — March, 
1935.) 

1 .  Reports  of  Committees  on  assignments 
previously  made. 

a.  Personal  welfare. 

b.  Church  activities. 

c.  Class  work. 

d.  Miscellaneous. 

(See  Priesthood  Manual,  pages  47- 
50.) 

2.  Assignments  of  duties  as  determined  at 
the  9:30   Bishop's  Meeting. 

3.  Consideration  of  priesthood  duties, 
priesthood  responsibilities  and  priest- 
hood ethics. 

4.  Consideration  of  principles  of  conduct. 
See  Priesthood   Manual,   page   56,   for 


suggestive  lessons.  Also  in  the  Realm 
of  Quorum  Activity,  1931.  For  con- 
venience suggestions  are  presented  here. 
If  quorum  presidencies  or  group  leaders 
have  their  assignments  and  instructions 
for  the  week  well  in  hand,  the  period 
devoted  to  assignments  and  reports  need 
not  necessarily  be  prolonged  and  the 
remaining  time  may  be  given  to  the 
consideration  of  the  following  topics. 

FIRST  MONTH 

First  Week: 

Topic :     Church  Organization. 
I.   Organization  in  general. 

1.  Purpose. 

2.  Need  of  organization.  (See  In  the 
Realm  of  Quorum  Activity,  pages 
25-30.) 

II.   Organization  of  the  Church  of  Jesus 
Christ. 

1 .  Importance  and  need.  (See  Jos- 
eph Smith's  Own  Story;  History 
of  the  Church,  Vol.  1:1-8.) 

2.  Benefit  to  members  and  to  com- 
munity in  general.  (Gospel  Doc- 
trine, pp.  87,  88,  91,  171,  178.) 

Second  Week: 

Topic :     Presiding  Councils  in  the  Church. 
I.   The    First    Presidency.        (Doc.     and 
Cov.   107;  Hist,  of  the  Church,  Vol. 
2:181-200,  209-217.) 

1 .  Joseph  Smith  President  of  the  High 
Priesthood.  (Doc.  and  Cov.  81: 
1-2;  Hist,  of  the  Church,  Vol. 
2:242-3   and  note. 

2.  Duties  of  the  President  (Doc.  and 
Cov.  107:64-67;  91-92;  124: 
125. 

a.  By  revelation. 

b.  By  confidence,  faith  and  prayers 
of  the  Church. 

1.  Power  and  authority.  (Doc. 
and  Cov.  107:8-9,  18,  78, 
83;  History  of  the  Church, 
Vol.  1:477-9;   112:30-33. 

Third  Week  : 

Topic:      Presiding  Councils    (continued). 
I.   The  Twelve  Apostles. 

1 .  How  first  chosen. 

a.  Forshadowed.      (Doc.  and  Cov. 

18:26-47.) 

b.  Zion's  Camp. 

c.  1.  History.       (History    of    the 

Church,  Vol.  2:61-134.) 

2.  Names  of  Members.  (Ibid 
183-185. 

3.  Arrangement  and  meeting  at 
which  chosen.  (History  of 
the  Church,  Vol.  2:180- 
181.) 

4.  Part  taken  by  the  Witnesses. 
(Ibid   2:194-198.) 

5.  Instructions  to.  (Ibid, 
Yol.   2:194-198.) 

2.  Special  duties.  (Doc.  and  Cov 
107:23,  24,  33,  35,  39,  58 
18:31-34.) 

3.  Authority:  (Doc.  and  Cov.  107 
24,  36,  47;  18:27-29!  20:38 
44;  124:128;  President,  124 
127;   112:30-33.) 


102 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


Fourth  Week: 

Topic:     Instructions  on  Principles  of  Con- 
duct, Prepared  by  Local  Officers. 

SECOND  MONTH 
First  Week  : 

Topic:      Presiding  Councils    (continued). 
I.   The  First  Council  of  Seventy. 

1.  How    first    chosen.       (History    of 
the  Church,  Vol.  2:181-182.) 

2.  How  organized.      (Ibid  201-2-3.) 

3.  Named.     (Ibid  203.) 

4.  Number  of  Seventies  to  be  chosen. 

(Ibid   221;   Doc.  and  Cov.    107: 
95.) 

5.  Duties.      (Doc.  and  Cov.  107:25, 
26,  34,  38,  93-97.) 

6.  Authority.      (Doc.  and  Cov.  107: 
25-32.) 

Second  Week: 

Topic :      Presiding  Councils    (continued)  . 
I.   The  Presidency  of  the  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood. 

1.  When  first  introduced. 

a.  The  call  of  Aaron  and  his  sons. 

(See  Keeler's  Lesser  Priesthood 
and  Church  Government,  pp.  6- 
7;  Exodus  29:4-9,  44. 

b.  Why  Aaron  was  called.  (Doc. 
and  Cov.  84:24-26;  Num.  3: 
12-13;  Doc.  and  Cov.  107: 
13.) 

2.  Order  of  Priesthood  from  Adam  to 
Moses. 

a.  Melchizedek  Priesthood  offici- 
ated in  all  things  temporal  as 
well  as  spiritual.  (Gen.  14:18- 
20_;  Heb.  7:1-2;  Keeler's  Lesser 
Priesthood  and  Church  Govern- 
ment, pp.  4-5.) 

3.  Right  of  this  presidency  from 
father  to  son. 

c.  Aaron's  son  Eleazar  successor  to 

Aaron.  (Num.  27:21-23. 
Doc.  and  Cov.   107:13. 

5.  How  called.  (Doc.  and  Cov.  68: 
20-21.) 

6.  Duties. 

a.  To  preside  over  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood. (Doc.  and  Cov.  107: 
13-17.) 

b.  To  officiate  in  the  temporal  af- 
fairs of  the  Church;  to  offi- 
ciate in  outward  ordinances  and 
hold  the  keys  of  ministering  of 
angels.  (Doc.  and  Cov.  84: 
26-27;    107:20. 

Third  Week: 

Topic:     The  Evangelist,  or  Patriarch. 
I.   The  Patriarch  to  the  Church. 

1.  Appointment  of.  (Doc.  and  Cov. 
124:91-93,  96;   107:39-40.) 

a.   By  whom. 

2.  Powers  and  duties  (Doc.  and  Cov. 
124:91-95.)  Note:  "The  juris- 
diction of  the  Patriarch,  and  his 
power  to  bless,  extends  throughout 
the  Church.  His  special  duty  is 
to  bestow  patriarchal  blessings,  but 
being  a  High  Priest,  he  has  au- 
thority by  virtue  of  his  ordination, 
to  administer  in  the  other  ordi- 
nances when  called  upon.  His 
office  is  sometimes  known  as  the 
evangelical  office.  Other  evangelists 
or  patriarchs  are  ordained  by  the 
Twelve  Apostles  in  the  stakes  of 
Zion,  as  it  is  designated  to  them 
by  revelation  from  time  to  time, 
but  the  Presiding  Patriarch,  or 
Patriarch  to  the  Church,  holds  his 
office     by     virtue    of     inheritance. 


However  his  appointment  comes 
through  the  presiding  councils  of 
the  Church  based  upon  his  worthi- 
ness. (See  Doc.  and  Cov.  107: 
40;  124:91-93.) 
3.  Evangelists  (Patriarchs)  in  the 
stakes.  Note:  It  is  the  duty  of 
the  Twelve  to  ordain  Evangelical 
ministers  in  the  stakes  as  they  are 
led  by  revelation.  These  patriarchs 
are  limited  in  their  jurisdiction  to 
the  stakes  to  which  they  belong. 
Those  seeking  blessings  must  ob- 
tain a  recommendation  from  the 
bishop  of  the  ward  in  which  they 
live  before  asking  for  a  blessing. 

Fourth  Week: 

Topic:     Open  Sunday,  to  be  Provided  by 
Local  Officers. 

THIRD  MONTH 
First  Week: 

Topic:      Ecclesiastical    Divisions    of    the 
Church. 
I.   General     Presidencies     and     Councils. 
(As  considered  in  preceding  topics.) 
II.   Stakes.       (See   Keeler's   Lesser   Priest- 
hood and  Church  Government.) 

1 .  Where  located. 

2.  Number  of.  (January  1,  1935, 
there  were  110  stakes.) 

3 .  Presidency. 

a.  How  composed. 

b.  How  chosen. 

c.  Authority    of.       (See     Keeler's 

Lesser  Priesthood  and  Church 
Government;  Talmage's  Ar- 
ticles of  Faith,  p.  211-212.) 

4.  High  Council. 

a.  How  chosen.      (Doc.  and  Cov. 

102.) 

b.  How  organized.      (Ibid.) 

c.  As  an  aid  to  stake  presidency. 

1.  In  general  administration. 

2.  In  visiting  wards. 

3.  In     personal     work    among 
Saints. 

Second  Week: 

Topic:       Ecclesiastical    Divisions    of    the 
Church   (continued) . 
I.   Ward  Organization. 

1.  Division  of  stake. 

2.  Number.  (See  In  the  Realm  of 
Quorum  Activity,  and  Keeler's 
Lesser  Priesthood  and  Church  Gov- 
ernment, pp.  87-88.) 

3.  Presiding   officers — the  bishopric. 

a.  Special  duty.      (Doc.  and  Cov. 
107:87-88.) 

b.  How  chosen.      (Doc.  and  Cov. 
68:14-24;  40:9-12.) 

c.  Duties.      (Doc.  and  Cov.  72:9- 

26.) 

4.  Sub-divided  into  districts. 
a.   Purpose. 

5.  Branches. 

a.   Relation       to       wards.  (See 

Keeler's  Lesser  Priesthood  and 
Church  Government.) 

A  THUMB-NAIL  History  of  the 
'c*>  Church  in  Picture  and 
Print"  is  what  the  April  num- 
ber of  The  Improvement  Era  will 
undoubtedly  be  called.  You  can- 
not afford  to  miss  it;  send  your 
subscription  at  once  to  The  Im- 
provement Era,  50  North  Main 
Street,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 


Third  Week  : 

Topic:       Ecclesiastical    Divisions    of    the 
Church   (continued) . 
I.   Missions. 

1 .  Purpose. 

a.  To  regulate,  supervise  and  direct 
missionary  labor. 

b.  To   facilitate   the   preaching   of 
the  Gospel. 

2.  How  presided  over. 

3.  Divisions. 

a.  Districts. 

b.  Branches. 

Note:  In  the  missions  throughout 
the  world  the  field  is  divided  into  dis- 
tricts, each  district  presided  over  by  a 
district  president.  This  is  done  in 
order  the  fields  of  labor  may  be 
brought  within  reasonable  limits  as  far 
as  the  number  of  traveling  missionaries 
will  permit.  Within  these  districts 
where  the  membership  of  the  Saints 
will  permit,  branches  are  organized, 
presided  over  by  a  branch  president 
very  similar  to  a  branch  in  a  stake  of 
Zion.  The  branch  president  calls  to 
his  assistance  such  officers  in  the  Priest- 
hood as  reside  within  the  borders  of 
the  branch  and  these  look  after  the 
welfare  of  the  members.  A  branch 
in  a  stake  is  under  the  supervision  of 
the  Bishopric  of  a  ward,  unless  it  is  an 
independent  branch.  The  branch  in 
the  mission  is  under  the  general  super- 
vision of  the  district  president,  who  in 
turn  is  directed  by  the  mission  presi- 
dent. 

Fourth  Week 

Topic:  Open. 

Thomas  Hull 


(Continued  from  page  90) 


great  deal  of  service  to  the  Church 
and  to  his  fellow  men.  A  tribute 
paid  him  by  the  editors  of  the 
University  of  Utah  year  book,  The 
Utonian,  in  1932,  expresses  the 
esteem  in  which  he  was  held  by  the 
young  people  who  really  knew 
him: 
'Thomas  Hull,  Secretary. 

"Working  unobserved  and  dili- 
gently, with  innumerable  duties 
unknown  to  the  students  of  the 
University,  Thomas  Hull  has  com- 
pleted his  fourteenth  year  with  the 
school.  For  eleven  years  Mr.  Hull 
served  as  assistant  secretary  of  the 
school  and  for  the  past  ten  years 
has  capably  held  his  present  posi- 
tion. 

"Mr.  Hull  has  a  host  of  exacting 
official  duties  to  be  executed  but  he 
always  finds  time  to  act  with  un- 
usual understanding  as  a  student 
advisor.  Realizing  his  capabilities, 
the  school  has  appointed  Mr.  Hull 
bursar  of  the  student  funds,  to- 
gether with  his  position  as  secretary 
and  auditor  of  the  university,  and 
secretary  of  the  board  of  regents." 


Three  Point  Campaign  Enthusiastically  Received 


Stakes  and  Wards  Organize 
for  Success 

TF  advance  indications  are  accepted  as 
a  guide  the  Three-Point  Campaign 
for  1935  is  already  assured  of  success. 
From  wards  and  stakes  reports  are  be- 
ing received  of  the  enthusiastic  accept- 
ance of  the  plan  and  a  successful  be- 
ginning. Some  stakes  are  conducting 
special  competitions  between  quorums 
and  grades  of  Priesthood;  others  plan 
some  outstanding  event  to  celebrate 
victory  at  the   end  of  the  campaign. 

In  the  activity  phase  of  the  cam- 
paign the  allotment  of  each  ward  is 
one  and  six-tenths  the  total  popula- 
tion. A  ward  with  1,000  members 
(total  population)  would  have  as  a 
quota  1,600  assignments  for  the  year. 
Under  this  plan  each  ward  chairman 
can  figure  his  own  quota  and  the  stake 
chairman  can  figure  the  quota  for  the 
entire  stake. 

This  is  a  far-reaching  campaign.  It 
includes  activity,  missionary  work  and 
education.  Each  phase  should  be 
given  careful  consideration  by  all 
leaders  of  Aaronic  Priesthood  in  any 
capacity.  At  the  end  of  each  quarter, 
as  the  quarterly  reports  are  compiled 
the  leading  stakes  in  activity  will  be 
announced  in  the  Era. 

Word  of  Wisdom  Anniver- 
sary February  27 

r~\N  February  27,  1833,  the  revela- 
^>^  tion  known  as  the  Word  of  Wis- 
dom was  given  to  the  Prophet  Joseph 
Smith.  Since  that  time  it  has  in- 
fluenced the  lives  of  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  people.  It  has  contributed 
tremendously  to  the  remarkable  record 
of  health  and  the  low  death  rate  of  our 
people. 

The  third  point  of  the  Three-Point 
Campaign  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood 
in  1935  is  "Teach  Clean  Living." 
The  Word  of  Wisdom  teaches  clean 
living  in  a  positive  way.  The  102nd 
anniversary  should  be  made  the  occa- 
sion for  calling  special  attention  to 
this  outstanding  code  of  health  and 
clean  living. 

Dan  Carter  Beard,  National  Com- 
missioner of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  Amer- 
ica, gives  this  advice  to  boys  and 
young  men:  "Be  careful  what  goes 
into  your  mouth  and  what  comes  out 
of  it."  That  is  good  advice  for  any- 
body. And  it  is  excellent  material  for 
a  talk  on  clean  living.  It  is  import- 
ant enough  to  become  the  basis  of  a 
sermon.     In  fact,  it  is  a  sermon. 


Four  Important  Centennials 
in  1935 

"piVE  important  events  in  Church 
history  occurred  in  the  year  1835. 
They  are,  in  chronological  order:  Or- 
ganization of  the  first  Quorum  of  the 
Twelve  Apostles  in  this  dispensation 
on  February  14,  by  David  Whitmer, 
Oliver  Cowdery  and  Martin  Harris, 
the  Three  Witnesses,  who  had  been  es- 
pecially appointed  to  that  responsi- 
bility; the  commencement  of  the  or- 
ganization of  the  First  Quorum  of 
Seventy  on  February  28;  the  first  mis- 
sions of  the  members  of  the  Quorum 
of  the  Twelve  Apostles  as  apostles,  the 
group  leaving  Kirtland  on  May  4;  the 
Papyrus  from  which  the  Pearl  of  Great 
Price  was  printed  came  into  the  hands 
of  Joseph  Smith  on  July  3 ;  the  Doc- 
trine and  Covenants  was  approved  at 
a  general  assembly  of  the  Church  on 
August  1  7  and  accepted  as  the  law  of 
faith  and  practice  of  the  Church.  In 
one  hundred  years  these  history-making 
events  have  been  important  stones  in 
the  foundation  upon  which  the  struc- 
ture of  the  Church  has  been  reared. 
The  centennials  of  these  events  are  im- 
portant milestones  in  Church  history. 

Benson   Adult   Aaronic 

Priesthood  Class  Makes 

Good  Record 

"DEPORTS  of  outstanding  successes 
in  Adult  Aaronic  Priesthood  activ- 
ities continue  to  reach  the  office  of  the 
Presiding  Bishopric.     This  new  plan 


Aaronic  Priesthood  Three- 
Point  Campaign  for  1935 


1 


One  Million  Assign- 
ments. Every  Ward  to 
do  its  Share. 


2 


Every  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood Member  to  fill 
■  at  Least  One  Assign- 
ment. 


3. 


Teach  Clean  Living- 
Thoughts  —  Speech — 
Actions — Bodies. 


has  been  adopted  in  a  large  number  of 
wards  and  is  credited  with  the  renewal 
of  activity  among  thousands  of  adults 
throughout  the  Church  who  still  hold 
the  Aaronic  Priesthood. 

Bishop  Henry  W.  Ballard,  Jr.,  of 
Benson  Ward  of  Cache  Stake  in  a  report 
to  the  Presiding  Bishopric,  outlines  a 
very  successful  program  which  is  being 
followed  in  that  ward.  Bishop  Bal- 
lard's report  in  part  is  printed  here- 
with: 

"When  we  were  organizing  this 
class  we  recognized  the  seriousness  of 
the  leadership.  In  going  over  our  ward 
we  decided  the  right  man  was  Super- 
intendent of  the  Sunday  School,  so  we 
released  him  with  the  understanding 
that  he  would  give  this  new  duty  his 
best  efforts.  Elder  Munk  was  chosen 
to  look  after  the  religious  side  of  the 
class,  and  as  an  assistant  to  him  we 
chose  Brother  Silvin  Petersen.  Brother 
Petersen  has  wonderful  ability  in 
athletics,   music  and  drama. 

Recognizing  that  it  was  necessary 
to  get  these  boys  to  do  most  anything 
they  wanted  to  in  order  to  get  started 
and  acting  upon  their  suggestion,  ath- 
letic equipment  and  ping  pong  tables 
were  provided. 

As  time  went  on  it  was  suggested 
that  part  of  the  time  be  spent  in  study, 
so  the  "Articles  of  Faith"  by  Talmage 
became  their  outline.  As  a  result  of 
this,  some  very  splendid  discussions 
followed. 

I  ma*y  say  that  every  inactive  man  in 
our  ward  over  the  age  of  20  was  visited 
by  Brothers  Munk  and  Petersen.  As 
a  result  many  inactive  elders  also  were 
enrolled. 

About  midwinter,  the  class  decided 
they  would  put  on  a  show.  This  went 
over  with  such  success  that  it  was  taken 
to  a  number  of  towns  and  some  of  the 
wards  in  Logan. 

We  invited  the  class  to  furnish  the 
complete  program  for  Sacrament  meet- 
ing. This  was  done  in  a  splendid  way 
several  times. 

We  feel  sure  their  work  this  winter 
will  be  as  successful  as  last.  A  number 
of  the  boys  are  active  at  the  present 
time.  One  of  the  priests  is  preparing 
himself  for  a  mission,  another  is  to  be 
married  in  the  Temple  in  the  near  fu- 
ture. 

As  a  whole  we  feel  more  good  was 
accomplished  in  this  work  last  winter 
than  anything  we  have  undertaken. 
When  you  see  boys  formerly  indifferent, 
and  elders  who  have  never  done  any- 
thing for  years  appear,  take  charge,  and 
furnish  the  programs  for  a  faith  pro- 
moting Sacrament  meeting,  it  all  makes 
one  wonder  with  thankfulness. 


104 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


Adult  Aaronic  Priesthood 
Lessons 

Prepared  by  Elder  George   W.   Skid- 
more,  Logan  Ninth  Ward,  Cache  Stake 
(Continued  from  December) 
Lesson  Thirty-Three 

1.  Discuss  Fourth  Chapter  of 
Malachi. 

2.  Evidences  of  work  by  Proxy  in 
Ancient  Times. 

3.  Scriptural  Evidences  of  Baptism 
for  the  Dead. 

4.  Relate  the  Visitation  of  Elijah  to 
Joseph  Smith  and  Oliver  Cowdery  in 
Kirtland  Temple,  April  3,  1836. 

5.  Temples  in  Ancient  Times. 

6.  Temples  in  this  Dispensation. 
Specially  Constructed. 

7.  Other  Ordinances  for  the  Dead 
besides  Baptism. 

8.  Ordinances  for  the  living  per- 
formed in  Temples. 

9.  Why  we  should  do  Temple 
Work. 

References 
Malachi,  Ch.  4;  Leviticus  16:21; 
Exodus  28;  I  Kings,  Chs.  6-8;  Ezra, 
Ch.  6 ;  Pearl  of  Great  Price,  page  5 1 ; 
I  Peter  3:18,  19;  4:6;  I  Cor.  15:19, 
29;  Doc.  and  Cov.  84:3-5,  31:110; 
14,  15,  16;  124:39;  127  and  128. 
Compendium,  pages  283  to  288;  178 
to  182.  Articles  of  Faith,  by  Tal- 
mage,  pages  148  to  161.  The  Gospel, 
by  Roberts,  Chapter  24,  pages  239  to 
249. 

Lesson  Thirty-Four 

1 .  Position  of  the  Church  regarding 
Honesty,  Truthfulness,  Refinement, 
Chastity,  Virtue. 

2.  Thirteenth  Article  of  Faith,  "We 
believe  in  being  honest,  true,  chaste, 
benevolent,  virtuous,  and  in  doing  good 
to  all  men;  indeed  we  may  say  that  we 
follow  the  admonition  of  Paul,  We 
believe  all  things,  we  hope  all  things, 
we  have  endured  many  things,  and 
hope  to  be  able  to  endure  all  things. 
If  there  is  anything  virtuous,  lovely,  or 
of  good  report  or  praiseworthy,  we 
seek  after  these  things." 

3.  Sexes. 

4.  Marriage  for  Time. 

5.  Marriage  for  Eternity. 

6.  Eternal  Increase. 

7.  Destiny  of  those  who  do  not 
marry  for  Eternity. 

References 

Articles  of  Faith,  by  Talmage,  Lec- 
ture 24,  pages  441  to  461,  with  all 
scriptural  references.  Select  applicable 
topics.  Compendium,  Chapter  on 
Marriage,  pages  117  to  123  with  all 
scriptural  references.  Key  to  Theol- 
ogy, by  Parley  P.  Pratt,  Chapter  17, 
pages  149  to  159.  Gospel  Doctrine, 
Chapter  16,  pages  341  to  399. 

Lesson  Thirty-Five 
1.   Review  of  Lessons  Thirty-One 

Thirty-Two,      Thirty-T  h  r  e  e     and 

Thirty-Four. 

(Make   assignments   in   advance   to 

members  of  the  class.) 


Lesson  Thirty-Six 

1.  The  Law  of  Consecration. 

2.  Stewardship. 

3.  United  Order  Anciently. 

4.  United  Order  in  the  Dispensation 
of  the  Fulness  of  Times. 

5.  Tithing. 

6.  United  Order  During  the  Mil- 
lenium. 

References 

Compendium,  Chapter  on  Consecra- 
tion —  Stewardship  —  United  Order, 
pages  247  to  249,  with  all  Scriptural 
References.  Articles  of  Faith,  by  Tal- 
mage, pages  449  to  454. 

Lesson  Thirty-Seven 

1.  Resurrection — Definition. 

2.  Resurrection  at  Christ's  Resur- 
rection. 

3.  Resurrection  at  Second  Coming 
of  Christ. 

4.  Resurrection  at  the  End  of  the 
World. 

5.  Resurrection  of  the  Body  as  it  is 
Laid  Down. 

References 

(The  above  order  of  subjects  is 
taken  from  the  Compendium  by  Rich- 
ards and  Little,  pages  53  to  63,  which 
see  with  all  Scriptural  References.) 

See  also  Gospel  Doctrine,  Chapter 
24  on  Eternal  Life  and  Salvation,  pages 
538  to  603.  Select  only  the  topics  in 
this  chapter  which  are  applicable.  See 
also  "Resurrection"  in  Index  and  Con- 
cordance to  Doctrine  and  Covenants. 
Read  Moses  7:55-5  7  in  Pearl  of  Great 
Price.  See  Articles  of  Faith  by  Tal- 
mage, Lecture  21. 

Joseph  Smith's  Own  Story 

Extracts  from  his  history 
Written  in  1838 

(Continued  from  December) 

"56.  In  the  year  1824  my  father's 
family  met  with  a  great  affliction  by  the 
death  of  my  eldest  brother,  Alvin.  In 
the  month  of  October,  1825,  I  hired 
with  an  old  gentleman  by  the  name  of 
Josiah  Stoal,  who  lived  in  Chenango 
county,  state  of  New  York.     He  had 


heard  something  of  a  silver  mine  having 
been  opened  by  the  Spaniards  in  Har- 
mony, Susquehanna  county,  state  of 
Pennsylvania;  and  had,  previous  to  my 
hiring  to  him,  been  digging,  in  order, 
if  possible,  to  discover  the  mine.  After 
I  went  to  live  with  him,  he  took  me, 
with  the  rest  of  his  hands,  to  dig  for 
the  silver  mine,  at  which  I  continued 
to  work  for  nearly  a  month,  without 
success  in  our  undertaking,  and  finally 
I  prevailed  with  the  old  gentleman  to 
cease  digging  after  it.  Hence  arose  the 
very  prevalent  story  of  my  having  been 
a  money-digger. 

"5  7.  During  the  time  that  I  was 
thus  employed,  I  was  put  to  board 
with  a  Mr.  Isaac  Hale,  of  that  place; 
it  was  there  I  first  saw  my  wife  (his 
daughter),  Emma  Hale.  On  the  18th 
of  January,  1827,  we  were  married, 
while  I  was  yet  employed  in  the  service 
of  Mr.  Stoal. 

"58.  Owing  to  my  continuing  to 
assert  that  I  had  seen  a  vision,  persecu- 
tion still  followed  me,  and  my  wife's 
father's  family  were  very  much  opposed 
to  our  being  married.  I  was,  therefore, 
under  the  necessity  of  taking  her  else- 
where; so  we  went  and  were  married 
at  the  house  of  Squire  Tarbill,  in  South 
Bainbridge,  Chenango  County,  New 
York.  Immediately  after  my  marriage, 
I  left  Mr.  Stoal's,  and  went  to  my 
father's,  and  farmed  with  him  that 
season. 

"59.  At  length  the  time  arrived  for 
obtaining  the  plates,  the  Urim  and 
Thummim,  and  the  breastplate.  On 
the  twenty-second  day  of  September, 
one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  twen- 
ty-seven, having  gone  as  usual  at  the 
end  of  another  year  to  the  place  where 
they  were  deposited,  the  same  heavenly 
messenger  delivered  them  up  to  me  with 
this  charge:  that  I  should  be  responsible 
for  them;  that  if  I  should  let  them  go 
carelessly,  or  through  any  neglect  of 
mine,  I  should  be  cut  off;  but  that  if 
I  would  use  all  my  endeavors  to  pre- 
serve them,  until  he,  the  messenger, 
should  call  for  them,  they  should  be 
protected. 


SCOUTS  AND  VANGUARDS  JOIN   IN  MONUMENT  BUILDING 
MARKING   OLD   FORT   HENRY— ESTABLISHED,   1810-11 


Ward  Teachers  Message,  March,  1935 


The  Sealing  Ordinance 

7\  ND  verily  I  say  unto  you,  that  the 
•^  conditions  of  this  law  are  these: 
All  covenants,  contracts,  bonds,  obliga- 
tions, oaths,  vows,  ...  or  expecta- 
tions, that  are  not  made,  and  entered 
into,  and  sealed  by  the  Holy  Spirit  of 
promise,  of  him  who  is  anointed, 
both  as  well  for  time  and  for  all  eter- 
nity, and  that  too  most  holy,  by  reve- 
lation and  commandment  through  the 
medium  of  mine  anointed,  whom  I 
have  appointed  on  the  earth  to  hold 
this  power  ...  are  of  no  efficacy,  vir- 
tue or  force,  in  and  after  the  resurrec- 
tion of  the  dead;  for  all  contracts  that 
are  not  made  unto  this  end  have  an  end 
when  men  are  dead."  D.  8C.  132:7. 
"Marriage,  as  regarded  by  the  Lat- 
ter-day Saints,  is  ordained  of  God  and 


is  designed  to  be  an  eternal  relationship 
of  the  sexes.  With  this  people  it  is 
not  merely  a  temporary  contract  to  be 
of  effect  in  earth  during  the  mortal  ex- 
istence of  the  parties,  but  a  solemn 
agreement  which  is  to  extend  beyond 
the  grave."  The  Articles  of  Faith, 
by  James  E.  Talmage. 

Every  member  of  the  Church  who 
contemplates  marriage  should  under- 
stand fully  what  is  involved  in  a  deci- 
sion to  marry  outside  the  temple.  It 
is  the  duty  of  the  Ward  Teachers  to 
teach  this  principle  to  the  people.  With 
the  approach  of  June,  the  month  of 
many  marriages,  young  people  are  now 
making  plans.  This  is  an  appropriate 
time  to  discuss  this  vital  question. 

This  is  also  an  appropriate  time  to 
discuss  sealings  with  those  who,  in  the 
past,  have  been  married  outside  the  tem- 


ple but  who  are  worthy  of  having  the 
sealing  ordinance  performed  for  them. 
Those  who  are  worthy  should  be  en- 
couraged to  take  advantage  of  the  pri- 
vilege still  offered  them.  Those  who 
are  not  worthy  should  be  given  every 
encouragement  to  prepare  themselves 
for  this  great  blessing. 

In  the  homes  of  those  who  have  been 
married  in  the  temple  a  discussion  of 
the  blessings  and  benefits  of  this  pri- 
vilege will  doubtless  prove  beneficial. 
The  desirability  of  so  living  that  noth- 
ing will  be  permitted  to  endanger  or 
nullify  the  blessings  attending  temple 
marriage  is  the  principal  message  sug- 
gested to  be  left  in  these  homes. 

References:  Articles  of  Faith,  by 
Talmage,  pages  442-447;  A  Rational 
Theology,  by  Widtsoe,  pages  146- 
149;  D.  8C.Sec.  132. 


■"X^aggvai*- 


-<• 


Supplementary  Material  for 
Ward  Teachers 

rPHE  Sealing  Power.  Naturally,  the 
power  to  seal  men  and  women  to 
each  other  for  time  and  eternity,  and 
to  seal  children  to  their  parents  for 
eternal  ages,  is  a  supreme  power,  com- 
mitted to  man's  keeping.  The  Presi- 
dent of  the  Church  is  the  only  person 
on  the  earth  who  holds  the  keys  of  these 
sealing  ordinances.  True,  he  may  dele- 
gate his  power  to  workers  in  the  tem- 
ples, so  that  celestial  marriages  and  seal- 
ings may  go  on,  but  such  delegated 
authority  may  be  withdrawn  at  any 
moment.  In  that  respect,  it  differs 
wholly  from  the  power  of  the  Priest- 
hood, which  can  be  withdrawn  from  a 
man  only  who  is  found  in  sin.  It  is 
proper  that  only  one  man  should  hold 
this  power,  for  it  is  of  infinite  effect, 
and  should  be  guarded  with  the  most 
jealous  care,  and  kept  from  the  frail 
prejudices  and  jealousies  of  men."  A 
Rational  Theology,  by  John  A.  Widt- 
soe. 

"Marriage — The  Teachings  of  the 
scriptures  concerning  the  necessity  of 
marriage  are  numerous  and  explicit. 
'The  Lord  God  said,  It  is  not  good 
that  the  man  should  be  alone;'  this 
comprehensive  declaration  was  made 
concerning  Adam,  immediately  after  his 
establishment  in  Eden.  Eve  was  given 
unto  him,  and  the  man  recognized  the 
necessity  of  a  continued  association  of 
the  sexes  in  marriage,  and  said:  'There- 
fore shall  a  man  leave  his  father  and 


his  mother,  and  shall  cleave  unto  his 
wife;  and  they  shall  be  one  flesh.' 
Neither  of  the  sexes  is  complete  in 
itself  as  a  counterpart  of  Deity.  We 
are  expressly  told  that  God  is  the  Father 
of  spirits,  and  to  apprehend  the  literal- 
ness  of  this  solemn  truth  we  must  know 
that  a  mother  of  spirits  is  an  existent 
personality.  Of  the  creation  of  human- 
kind we  read:  'So  God  created  man  in 
his  own  image,  in  the  image  of  God 
created  he  him;  male  and  female  created 
he  them.'  The  purpose  of  this  dual 
creation  is  set  forth  in  the  next  verse 
of  the  sacred  narrative:  'And  God  bless- 
ed them,  and  God  said  unto  them,  Be 
fruitful,  and  multiply,  and  replenish 
the  earth.'  Such  a  command  would 
have  been  meaningless  and  void  if  ad- 
dressed to  either  of  the  sexes  alone; 
and  without  the  power  of  perpetuating 
his  kind,  the  glory  and  majesty  of  man 
would  be  insignificant;  for  small  in- 
deed are  the  attainments  of  any  individ- 
ual life  in  mortality. 

"Grand  as  may  seem  the  achieve- 
ments of  a  man  who  is  truly  great, 
the  culmination  of  his  glorious  career 
lies  in  his  leaving  posterity  to  continue, 
and  enhance  the  triumphs  of  their  sire. 
And  if  such  be  true  of  mortals  with 
respect  to  the  things  of  earth,  trans- 
cendently  greater  is  the  power  of  eter- 
nal increase,  as  viewed  in  the  light  of 
revealed  truth  concerning  the  unending 
progression  of  the  future  state.  Truly 
the  apostle  was  wise  when  he  said: 
'Neither  is  the  man  without  the  wom- 
an, neither  the  woman  without  the 
man,  in  the  Lord.' 


"The  Latter-day  Saints  accept  the 
doctrine  that  marriage  is  honorable, 
and  apply  it  as  a  requirement  to  all 
who  are  not  prevented  by  physical  or 
other  disability  from  assuming  the  sac- 
red responsibilities  of  the  wedded  state. 
They  consider,  as  part  of  the  birth- 
right of  every  worthy  man,  the  privi- 
lege and  duty  to  stand  as  the  head  of 
a  household,  the  father  of  a  posterity, 
which  by  the  blessing  of  God  may 
never  become  extinct;  and  equally 
strong  is  the  right  of  every  worthy 
woman  to  be  wife  and  mother  in  the 
family  of  mankind." 

"Celestial  Marriage — Marriage,  as 
regarded  by  the  Latter-day  Saints,  is 
ordained  of  God  and  designed  to  be 
an  eternal  relationship  of  the  sexes. 
With  this  people  it  is  not  merely  a 
temporal  contract  to  be  of  effect  on 
earth  during  the  mortal  existence  of  the 
parties,  but  a  solemn  agreement  which 
is  to  extend  beyond  the  grave.  In 
the  complete  ordinance  of  marriage,  the 
man  and  the  woman  are  placed  under 
covenant  of  mutual  fidelity,  not  'until 
death  doth  you  part,'  but  'for  time  and 
for  all  eternity.'  A  contract  as  far 
reaching  as  this,  extending  not  only 
throughout  time  but  into  the  domain 
of  the  hereafter,  requires  for  its  valida- 
tion an  authority  superior  to  that  of 
earth;  and  such  an  authority  is  found 
in  the  Holy  Priesthood,  which,  given 
of  God,  is  eternal.  Any  power  less 
than  this,  while  of  effect  in  this  life, 
is  void  as  to  the  state  of  human  soul 
beyond  the  grave. — Articles  of  Faith, 
by  James  E.  Talmage, 


Ill 


IF  YOU   HAVEN'T   READ   THESE   BOOKS,  YOU     ARE   MISSING   SOMETHING   UNUSUALLY   FINE. 


BOOKS 


The  Meaning  of  Culture 

By  John  Cowper  Powys 
{Published  by  Norton) 

TN  its  eleventh  large  edition,  this  book 
is  scarcely  what  one  would  call  new, 
but  it  is  so  new  to  each  new  reader  that 
it  can  scarcely  be  called  anything  else. 
The  preface  says:  "One  rather  felicitous 
definition  runs  as  follows — 'Culture  is 
what  is  left  over  after  you  have  forgot- 
ten all  you  have  definitely  set  out  to 
learn' — and  in  this  sally  you  get  at  least 
a  useful  warning  against  associating  cul- 
ture too  closely  with  the  academic  para- 
phernalia of  education."  With  this  be- 
ginning the  book  sets  out  to  indicate 
signs  of  culture  and  bits  of  philosophy 
underlying  it.  The  cultured  person  is 
one  who  has  his  own  philosophy  of 
life,  guards  it  from  disintegrating  ele- 
ments, and  guides  it  carefully  through 
dangers  of  brutality  and  stupidity. 
"The  more  culture  a  man  has",  says 
Powys,  "the  more  austerely  .  .  .  does 
he  abide  by  his  own  taste.  It  is  ever 
the  mark  of  the  parvenu  in  education 
to  chafe  and  fret  till  his  opinions  cor- 
respond to  the  last  word  of  modish 
sophistication.  Culture,  however,  like 
aristocracy,  goes  its  own  way  and  does 
not  bother  about  justifying  itself." 

Through  twelve  absorbing  chapters 
the  author  leads  the  willing  reader  into 
a  consideration  of  culture  and  its  effect 
upon  and  relationship  to  philosophy, 
literature,  poetry,  painting,  religion, 
happiness,  obstacles,  love,  nature,  read- 
ing, human  relations,  and  destiny.  A 
somewhat  profound  and  at  times  al- 
most impenetrable  depth  of  words  and 
construction  characterizes  the  book,  but 
from  the  digging  necessary  to  discover 
golden  meanings  there  emerges  a  wealth 
and  clearness  of  thought  which  are 
amazing  in  their  simple  power.  It  is  a 
book  to  be  read  twice  at  first  and  then 
again  occasionally  thereafter,   for  new 


truths  and  new  visions  of  old  truths 
come  with  each  successive  reading. 

Reading  by  a  cultured  person  is  done 
with  the  detachment  which  gets  the 
writer's  viewpoint  and  does  not  try  to 
adjust  every  written  thought  to  the 
reader's  ideas;  response  to  nature  and 
nature's  moods  and  teachings  is  a  part 
of  culture;  real,  beautiful  culture  must 
be  founded  upon  dreams.  These  are 
but  a  few  of  the  innumerable  thoughts 
presented  which  arouse  in  the  reader 
innumerable  more.  Regarding  religion 
and  culture  Powys  observes  that  "re- 
ligion has  kept  clean  and  open,  facing 
the  unknown  outer  spaces,  a  postern- 
window  in  the  prison  of  the  self  which 
common  sense  might  only  too  easily 
have  allowed  to  get  blurred  or  shut." 

The  book  should  be  read  with  the 
attitude  the  author  regards  as  cultured 
— entering  into  it  as  if  the  reader  him- 
self had  written  it;  living  in  a  world 
not  merely  belonging  to  Powys,  but  to 
the  reader  himself.  And  many  times 
during  the  course  of  perusal  will  come 
the  thrilling,  sudden  flash  of  insight 
into  the  author's  meaning  which  is  the 
pulse  and  life-giving  discovery  that 
comes  with  reading. 

This  Little  World 

By  Francis  Brett  Young 
(Published  by  Harpers') 

"N /[ORE  important  than  anything  else 
■*■  in  this  book  by  an  Englishman  is 
the  coming  to  life  of  an  English  village 
which  seems  as  real  as  any  of  the  people 
in  it.  There  is  a  charm  of  slow-meas- 
ured music  in  the  book;  a  satisfaction 
of  having  known  all  the  characters, 
though  by  different  names  and  in  dif- 
ferent places;  a  sudden  flash  of  deter- 
mination to  try  to  understand  better 
those  who  live  about  us  and  might  so 
easily  have  lived  in  Chaddesbourne. 

The  Ombersleys  help  to  people  the 
village — which  is  the  book — dignified 


military  Miles;  tranquil,  lovely  Helen, 
his  wife;  interesting,  inscrutable  Cath- 
erine, their  daughter.  Miss  Loach,  a 
shut-in  who  misses  nothing  in  the  cur- 
rent of  others'  lives  and  interprets  every- 
thing as  she  pleases  is  as  real  as  our 
own  Miss  Loach,  or  whatever  her  name 
is.  Dr.  Selby  with  his  love  of  beauti- 
ful things;  Mr.  Hackett,  with  his  ob- 
noxious parade  of  wealth  and  his  al- 
most frightened  spirit  which  wears  a 
cloak  of  money  for  protection;  Mr. 
Winter,  the  clergyman;  Elsie  Cookson, 
too  sophisticated  and  her  brother  Jim, 
not  sophisticated  enough;  Mary  Lyd- 
gate,  who  might  be  a  daughter  of  your 
best  friend — all  these  move  through  the 
story  with  such  quiet  tread  that  they 
are  scarcely  heard  until  the  book  is 
closed  and  they  are  still  in  the  room 
with  you;  and  always  will  be. 

Utah  Sings 

An  Anthology  of  Verse 

(Sponsored  by  the  Utah  Academy  of 

Sciences,  Arts  and  Letters) 

•"THE  first  book  of  Utah  verse  to  be 
*•  published,  apparently,  this  volume 
just  off  the  press  has  surprising  matur- 
ity and  finish.  It  presents  representative 
work  of  some  hundred  and  twenty 
poets  of  Utah  with  over  four  hundred 
poems  included,  typical  of  various 
moods  and  forms.  From  Lulu  Greene 
Richards  and  Ruth  May  Fox,  both  over 
eighty  and  both  singing  beautifully, 
down  to  Martha  Ross  and  Edith 
Welch,  still  in  their  teens  and  singing 
with  youthful  modernism  the  book 
abounds  in  variety  and  loveliness.  Form 
and  content  both  are  in  delightfully 
adequate  evidence,  and  some  of  the 
thought  captured  in  lines  is  poetry  in 
the  finest  sense.  Someone  has  said  that 
poetry  may  not  save  souls,  but  it  makes 
souls  better  worth  the  saving;  Utah 
Sings  goes  to  make  good  that  statement. 
Many  a  page,  read  and  pondered,  will 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


107 


leave  the  reader  stronger  and  finer  for 
the  contact. 

Random  selections,  chosen  from  the 
page  which  happens  to  open,  give  us 
Rosannah  Cannon's  "Autumn  After- 
noon": 

"Something  within  me  seems  to  suffer 
most 

In  Autumn,  when  the  chill  advancing 
ghost 

Of  Winter  lifts  a  warning  signal  high 

In  flaming  trees  against  a  clean  blue 
sky. 

When  distant  hills  lie  in  a  ruddy  glow, 

And  winds  are  crisp  and  boisterous,  I 
know 

That  these  things  do  not  last,  and  I 
must  stride 

Up  the  steep  slopes,  along  the  moun- 
tainside, 

Gathering  beauty  to  my  aching  breast, 

Touching  the  copper  leaves  before 
they  rest, 

Sodden  and  dull  again  upon  the  dy- 
ing earth, 

Never  again  to  feel  the  warmth  of 
birth. 

Somehow  I  cannot  face  the  cold,  un- 
less 

I  have  stored  up  October  s  loveliness." 

And  "Waiting,"  by  Helen  Cand- 
land: 

"They  tell  me 
That  Penelope 
Was  a  woman  of  great  poise. 

They  tell  me  , 

That  calmly 

She  waited  for  Ulysses  nearly  twenty 
years. 

Had  she 
Her  serenity 

From  some  inexhaustible  well  within 
herself? 

Or  can  it  be 
That  she 

Had  never  heard  of  the  Cyclops,  and 
Lotus  Eaters,  and  Circe?" 

Lowry  Nelson  gives  us  "Re-crea- 
tion": 

/  love  a  wind 

In  a  willowy  lane, 

When  billowy  clouds 

Are  sowing  rain; 

When  birds  and  brooks 

Have  come  again; 

And  each  thing 

Is  throbbing  with  Spring. 

I'm  glad  for  these — 
The  wind,  the  rain, 
And  the  lovely  willows 
That  line  the  lane; 
Oh  Maker  of  willows, 
And  Maker  of  men 
Thanks  for  making 
Them  new  again. 


And  Bertha  Woodland  contrib- 


utes: 


"Abe  Lincoln" 
Did  you  want  him,  Nancy, 
Who  could  so  ill  afford  him? 
Did  your  tired  eyes  follow 
Tom  about  the  room 
With  thoughts  of 
Inequality? 

Immortal,  frontier  Nancy; 
Neither  time  nor  circumstance 
Dims  your  courage  in  a  world 
That  could  so 
III  afford 
His  passing. 

Hundreds  of  poems  there  are,  with 
hundreds  of  dreams  and  heart-beats  in 
their  lines.  And  the  nicest  thing  about 
it  is  that  in  reading  you  are  likely  to 
discover  that  the  author  of  any  one 
of  the  poems  lives  right  next  door! 

The  Doctor  in  History 

By  Howard  W.  Haggard 

(Published  by  Yale  University  Press, 

New  Haven,  Connecticut) 

TO  the  laity  as  well  as  the  medical  pro- 
fession there  is  unremitting  interest 
in  medicine,  surgery,  bacteriology  and 
related  subjects.  Doctor-books  of  years 
ago  were  the  most  fascinating  of  all 
volumes,  perhaps  because  of  their  se- 
crecy. Medical  books  of  today,  not 
secret  at  all,  still  are  fascinating.  And 
among  the  intensely  interesting  ones 
stands  "The  Doctor  in  History,"  a 
1934  publication  now  being  read 
widely. 

Beginning  with  prehistoric  times, 
the  author  points  out  the  fact  that 
disease  is  older  than  man — century-old 
animal  remains  show  signs  of  infection, 
disease,  and  decay.  Theories  of  dis- 
ease and  superstitions  regarding  it  are 
traced  through  succeeding  ages — medi- 
cine-men and  mythological  characters 
being  as  prominently  identified  with 
medicine  as  were  such  men  as  Galen 
and  Hippocrates,  who  accomplished 
much  more  than  is  generally  known  in 
their  fields. 

Contagions  and  epidemics,  physical 
and  mental,  are  discussed  with  enlight- 
ening understanding,  and  here  and  there 
a  glimpse  into  the  past  gives  rise  to 
a  strange  feeling  that  every  bit  of  pro- 
gress in  medicine  has  been  accomplished 
against  odds — the  prejudice  of  the  un- 
learned being  only  slightly  less  bitter 
than  that  of  the  learned  opponents  of 
certain  theories  and  practises. 

Medicine  in  Europe  and  America; 
the  laboratory  in  which  experiments 
have  been  made  with  such  revolution- 
izing results;  bacteriology,  antiseptics, 
anesthesia,  bedside  medicine  and  oper- 
ating-room surgery;  all  these  are  pre- 
sented with  a  powerful  simplicity 
which  commands  at  once  respect  and 
unflagging  interest. 

Dedicated  to  his  children  and  pref- 
aced with  an  explanation  that  for  them 
largely  is  this  history  of  health  writ- 


ten, Howard  Haggard  gives  to  all  the 
children  of  all  ages  a  new  insight  into 
the  importance  of  the  work  of  medi- 
cine, and  endows  it  with  the  dramatic 
interest  which  is  its  rightful  atmos- 
phere. 

Jimmy  Microbe 

(~\F  particular  interest  to  M.  I.  A. 
^■^  Workers  is  the  little  volume  just 
off  the  press,  "The  Adventures  of 
Jimmy  Microbe,"  written  by  Dr. 
Lyman  L.  Daines  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 
General  Board,  and  Virginia  Budd 
Jacobsen,  long  a  devoted  and  enthusias- 
tic M.  I.  A.  worker. 

The  characters  of  the  book,  as  may 
be  imagined,  are  the  fascinating  crea- 
tures of  bacteriology,  put  into  such 
intriguing  situations  that  the  truths  of 
this  science  are  imparted  with  such  sim- 
plicity that  the  learning  is  a  joyous,  al- 
most exciting  experience.  Let  no  one 
think  it  is  a  book  for  children  only;  it 
is  for  them  and  for  all  their  grown-up 
relatives;  and  the  only  question  will  be 
as  to  who  will  enjoy  it  most. 

The  Provincial  Lady  in 
America 

By  E.  M.  DeMeld 
(Published  by  Harper  and  Brothers) 

pXCERPTS  from  this  book  which 
appeared  in  Harper's  Magazine  in 
1934  aroused  sufficient  anticipation 
among  readers  to  make  the  actual  con- 
ning of  the  volume  more  or  less  of  an 
experience.  It  is  a  book  of  the  type 
far  too  rare — a  recital  of  everyday 
affairs  in  an  everyday  way  which  builds 
up  subconscious  fraternity  of  all  who 
live  ordinary  lives  and  share  usual  hap- 
penings of  the  uneventful  kind.  Many 
books  are  so  full  of  excitement  that 
readers  are  left  feeling  that  their  own 
lives  are  very  flat  indeed;  "Provincial 
Lady  in  America"  is  so  full  of  the 
ordinary  that  it  encourages  the  great 
mass  of  people  who  read  it  to  find  fun 
and  value  in  the  unimportant.  With 
no  chapter  headings,  the  running  style 
is  so  like  the  running  style  of  living 
that  no  other  form  would  fit  it,  quite 
like  the  diary  type  used. 

Not  a  page  in  the  book  is  dull,  yet 
not  a  page  skyrockets.  Describing  a 
jaunt  to  an  agricultural  show  with 
Robert,  her  husband,  she  says:  "We 
continue  to  look  at  machinery,  and 
Robert  becomes  enthusiastic  over  ex- 
traordinary-looking implements  with 
Teeth,  and  does  not  consider  a  quarter 
of  an  hour  too  long  in  which  to  stand 
looking  at  it  in  silence.  Feel  that 
personally  I  have  taken  in  the  whole 
of  its  charms  in  something  under  six 
seconds — but  do  not,  of  course  say  so. 
Fall,  instead  into  reverie  about  Amer- 
ica, imagination  runs  away  with  me 
and  I  die  and  am  buried  at  sea  before 
Robert  says,  Well,  if  I've  had  enough 
(Continued  on  page   112) 


108 


Let's  Talk  About 

Personalitu 

By  MILDRED  BAKER 


PART  VIII 

IN  this,  the  concluding  article  in 
this  series,  let's  attempt  to  dif- 
ferentiate between  personality  as 
we  have  tried  to  present  it  and  the 
more  or  less  popular  attitude  to- 
ward and  understanding  of  the 
term.  Personality,  as  we  have  re- 
garded it,  represents  our  particular 
stage  of  self-development  and  our 
particular  stage  of  self-development 
paints  the  picture  that  the  world 
sees  of  each  one  of  us.  Some  of 
us  present  strikingly  beautiful  pic- 
tures, others,  pictures  less  beautiful 
and  still  others  mere  daubs.  Those 
of  us  who  have  successfully  learned 
to  integrate  our  personalities,  that 
is  to  build  them  up,  will  daily 
achieve  a  greater  degree  of  physical 
poise  and  grace,  mental  stability 
and  emotional  maturity.  All  these 
will  work  consistently  together  in 
one  harmonious  whole  and  make 
life  a  glorious  adventure  with  a 
definite  goal  before  us.  Through 
observation  and  study,  we  will 
have  come  to  understand  ourselves 
better  and  to  understand  the  fun- 
damental rules  of  living.  We  will 
learn  to  take  an  impersonal  view, 
and  hence  a  scientific  view  of  a 
great  many  matters  which  we  have 
been  accustomed  to  regard  with  ex- 
aggerated personalism.  We  will 
know  that  while  it  is  right  and 
proper  that  we,  as  individuals,  shall 
expand,  that  we  shall  be  privileged 
to  express  ourselves,  it  is  not  our 
privilege  to  do  that  which  will 
cause  conflict  with  the  design  of 
creation  or  to  conduct  ourselves  in 
a  manner  opposed  to  natural  law. 
We  will  know  that  we  can  exer- 
cise our  individual  choice  as  we  will 
so  long  as  we  do  not  choose  to  do 
that  which  is  contrary  to  the  gen- 
eral good.  Furthermore,  we  will 
learn  to  know  our  individual  na- 
ture, knowing  that  what  represents 
the  proper  expansion  for  me,  does 
not  necessarily  represent  it  for  my 
brother  or  my  neighbor  or  you  and 
knowing  that  insofar  as  I  do  not 
transgress  the  immutable  laws  of 
nature  and  of  life,  insofar  as  I  do 


not  interfere  with  the  inalienable 
right  of  others,  I  may  indulge  my 
individual  choice.  I  shall  know, 
too,  whether  I  am  a  lily,  a  rose,  or 
a  modest  violet  and  will  bend  every 
effort  to  expand  and  develop  in 
harmony  with  my  true  self  because 
I  will  have  learned  that  genuine 
happiness  can  come  to  me  only  as 
I  strive  constantly  to  be  true  to  my 
nature,  to  be  what  I  am  and  not 
what  I  am  not. 

•"POO  often  we  confuse  personality 
with  mannerisms  and  artificial- 
ities. A  girl  who  possesses  the 
faculty  of  being  a  good  dancer  and 
engaging  readily  in  small  talk  and 
inconsequential  conversation,  who 
"has  a  line"  or  who  possesses  a  few 
intriguing  mannerisms,  gestures  or 
physical  allurements,  is  often  said 
to  possess  "loads  of  personality," 
when  in  reality  she  may  be  woe- 
fully lacking  in  real  requirements 
of  personality.  If,  at  home,  for 
instance,  she  flies  into  a  tantrum 
when  she  is  inconvenienced  or 
crossed,  she  is  not  emotionally  ma- 
ture. If  the  suggestion  of  a  quiet 
evening  with  the  prospect  of  a  little 
thoughtful  reading  proves  either 
frightful  or  abhorrent,  she  is  men- 
tally lazy.  If,  no  matter  how  ex- 
pertly she  manages  intricate  dance 
steps,  she  is  guilty  of  slouching  and 
generally  careless  carriage  or  poor 
posture,  she  lacks  physical  poise. 
And  if  she  is  any  of  these  things, 
she  is  lacking  to  some  degree,  at 
least,  in  personality. 

Personality  should  not  be  con- 
fused with  individuality  either. 
That  swing  of  the  shoulders,  that 
tone  of  the  voice,  that  particular 
attitude  which  I  take  toward  a 
difficult  problem  or  situation,  in 
fact  all  those  attributes,  gestures 
and  characteristics  that  are  pecu- 
liarly my  own,  constitute  my  indi- 
viduality but  they  do  not  constitute 
the  whole  of  my  personality. 


One's  personality  is  drab  and 
colorless  or  rich  and  colorful,  ac- 
cording to  our  individual  efforts  to 
develop  it.  Then  let  us  strive, 
each  one,  to  develop  it  to  the  limit 
of  our  capacities.  Let  us  strive  to 
know  ourselves,  to  recognize  our 
possibilities,  to  appreciate  our  capa- 
bilities and  to  put  forth  every  ef- 
fort to  expand,  grow  and  develop 
ourselves  to  the  point  where  we 
may  look  upon  life  joyously.  For, 
undoubtedly,  the  development  of 
one's  personality  with  all  that  it 
implies  of  effort  and  error  is  a  joy- 
ous undertaking.  Development 
means  conscious  growth  toward  an 
ideal.  Development  of  personality 
then,  means  conscious  growth  to- 
ward the  ideal  of  self-hood  in  har- 
mony with  the  great  cosmic  forces 
of  natural  law  and  creation  and 
there  is  no  greater  satisfaction  to  be 
gained  from  life  than  the  satisfac- 
tion of  conscious  unfoldment  and 
a  sense  of  fulfilment  which  may  be 
ours  when  we  undertake  the  ab- 
sorbing task  of  developing  our 
own  personality  and  helping  our 
children  to  develop  theirs.  Life 
will  take  on  a  very  different  aspect 
for  us  when  we  attack  the  problem 
with  sincerity  of  purpose  and  our 
rewards  will  be  more  precious  far 
than  jewels. 

"THERE  is  this  to  be  remembered. 

No  individual  suddenly  acquires 
either  mental  or  emotional  maturity 
with  the  attainment  of  physical 
maturity.  Development  of  person- 
ality should  begin  in  infancy  and 
continue  throughout  life.  But  it 
is  never  too  late  to  begin  to  make 
improvements,  correct  imperfec- 
tions or  begin  the  process  of  per- 
sonality development. 

So  then,  I  hope  these  little  talks 
will  have  proved  of  practical  value 
to  someone,  somewhere  and  that 
your  personality,  dear  reader,  may 
be  richer  for  having  read  them. 


General  Superintendency 

Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 

GEORGE  ALBERT  SMITH, 
RICHARD  R.  LYMAN, 
MELVIN'  J.  BALLARD, 
OSCAR  A.  KIRKHAM 

Executive  Secretary 


Send  all  Correspondence  to  Committees  Direct  to  General  Offices 

General  Offices  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 

50  NORTH  MAIN  STREET 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 

General  Offices  Y.  W.  M.  I.  A. 

33   BISHOP'S  BUILDING 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 


General  Presidency 

Y.  W.  M.  I.  A. 

RUTH  MAY  FOX, 

LUCY  GRANT  CANNON, 

CLARISSA  A.  BEESLEY 

ELSIE  HOGAN 

Executive  Secretary 


Tribute  to  Thomas  Hull 

The  fear  of  the  Lord  is  clean,  enduring 
forever: 

The  judgments  of  the  Lord  are  true 
and  righteous  altogether. 

More  to  be  desired  are  they  than  gold, 

Yea,  than  much  fine  gold:  sweeter  also 
than  honey  and  the  honeycomb. 

Moreover  by  them  is  thy  servant 
warned:  and  in  keeping  of  them 
there  is  great  reward. 

Who  can  understand  his  errors?  Cleanse 
thou  me  from  secret  faults. 

Keep  back  thy  servant  also  from  pre- 
sumptuous sins; 

Let  them  not  have  dominion  over  me: 
then  shall  I  be  upright,  and  I 
shall  be  innocent  from  the  great 
transgression. 

Let  the  words  of  my  mouth,  and  the 
meditation  of  my  heart,  be  accept- 
able in  thy  sight,  O  Lord,  my 
strength,  and  my  redeemer. 

Psalms    19:9-14. 

•"THESE  verses  quoted  from  the  19th 
■*■  Psalm,  a  Psalm  which  often  thrilled 
his  soul  to  ecstasy  hold  in  their  keeping 
the  feelings  and  sentiments  of  Brother 
Thomas  Hull's  heart. 

Naturally  enthusiastic  about  any- 
thing he  believed  or  undertook  to  do, 
his  mind  soared  as  on  eagle's  wings  to 
sublime  heights.  While  of  a  religious 
temperament  and  what  is  termed  seri- 
ous-minded, he  was  also  affable,  merry 
hearted  and  a  prince  of  good  fellows. 
When  in  company  of  his  friends  truly 
the  proverb,  "He  that  is  of  a  merry 
heart  hath  a  continual  feast,"  was  ex- 
emplified in  the  life  of  this  good  man. 

Brother  Thomas  Hull  was  a  man 
that  any  boy  might  love.  Although 
79  years  of  age,  he  had  a  boy's  heart. 
He  loved  life  and  the  good  things  life 
offered — he  loved  the  beauty  of  earth, 
sun  and  sky.  He  rejoiced  in  the  Gospel 
of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  and  praised 
his  Heavenly  Father  for  the  oppor- 
tunities it  afforded  him  for  service  and 
self-advancement,  and  may  we  add,  he 
took  advantage  of  them  to  the  full. 
To  do  his  good  turn  every  day  regard- 
less of  reward,  was  his  delight. 

The  members  of  the  Young  Wom- 
en's Board  will  miss  him  greatly  in 
their  deliberations  with  the  Young 
Men's  Board,  as  well  as  in  their  visits 


to  the  Stakes.  With  him  they  have 
traveled  thousands  of  miles  to  implant 
in  the  hearts  of  the  young  people  of 
the  Church  an  abiding  faith  in  its  prin- 
ciples, a  task  Brother  Hull  loved  and 
which  with  all  the  fervor  of  his  soul 
tried  to  accomplish. 

Ruth  May  Fox, 
Lucy  Grant  Cannon, 
Clarissa  A.  Beesley, 
General  Presidency,  Y.  W.  M.  I.  A. 

Chief  West 

Praises  M.  I.  A.  Program 

September  10,  1934. 
Dr.  George  A.  Smith,  Gen.  Supt. 
Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 
Dear  Dr.  Smith: 

We  are  very  grateful  for  the  per- 
mission extended  in  your  very  kind 
letter  of  August  8,  1934,  to  use  your 
Church  Program  in  Scouting,  and  espe- 
cially that  phase  of  it  which  has  to 
do  with  the  Program  of  the  Vanguards, 
as  a  basis  for  our  expanded  program 
in  the  Senior  Division  to  be  developed 
in  cooperation  with  the  Protestant 
Churches,  and  as  a  part  of  their  uni- 
fied program  for  youth  within  the 
Church. 

Dr.  Wyland  assures  me  that  the 
Curriculum-Planning  Committee  of 
the  Protestant  Churches  will  have  real 
appreciation  for  the  practical  working 
plan  offered  in  the  Vanguards. 

We  are  therefore  hopeful  that  you 
will  see,  after  a  few  years,  the  fruits 
of  your  labors  in  a  very  much  wider 
field  developed  by  the  Christian 
Churches  generally. 

Cordially  and  sincerely  yours, 
(Signed)      JAMES  E.  WEST, 

Chief  Scout  Executive. 

The  Presiding  Officer 

TLTAVE  you  thought  how  importatnt 
is  the  role  he  plays.  His  is  the 
first  voice  heard — he  sets  the  stage  for 
the  meeting.  Time  does  not  allow  for 
long  and  flowery  announcements  and 
introductions — in  fact,  too  flattering 
an  introduction  often  embarrasses  the 
person  taking  part  on  the  program. 
To  say  it  briefly,  the  presiding  officer 
should  look  to  his  appearance;  the  lan- 
guage he  uses — choice  of  words  and 


originality  of  expression;  voice — qual- 
ity of  tone  and  ability  to  be  heard;  for 
his  is  a  big  little  job.  Of  course  in 
M.  I.  A.  the  masculine  personal  pro- 
noun means  woman  too. 

Sunday  Evening  Joint 
Program  for  March 

A    PROGRAM  of  Public  Speaking, 
Music,  and  Stories. 

1.  Hymn— "Let  Us  All  Press  On," 
or  a  similar  hymn. 

2.  Prayer. 

3.  Music — by  this  time  the  quar- 
tettes and  choruses  ought  to  be  ready 
to  furnish  excellent  numbers.  They 
might  sing  two  numbers  here.  Instru- 
mental numbers,  carefully  selected, 
would  be  appropriate. 

4.  The  Slogan — One  ten  minute  or 
two  five  minute  talks  on  the  subject. 

5.  A  Religious  Story — by  one  who 
has  been  studying  story-telling. 

6.  Music — Selected. 

7.  Speech — On  some  such  subject  as 
"Brigham  Young  as  a  Dauntless  Lead- 
er," "The  Organization  of  the  Quo- 
rum of  the  Twelve  Apostles— When 
and  Why,"  or  some  topic  which  has 
been  used  during  the  season  in  one  of 
the  M.  I.  A.  classes.  This  speech  should 
be  very  well  prepared  by  one  who  has 
been  studying  speech.  If  some  other 
topic  than  those  suggested  is  used,  it 
should  be  on  some  religious  subject. 

8.  Music — Ladies,  Mixed,  or  Male 
Chorus  or  quartette. 

9.  Benediction. 

NOTE:  Every  effort  should  be  made  to 
produce  an  outstanding  cultural  pro- 
gram. This  is  an  opportunity  for  the 
Community  Activity  Committee  and 
for  activity  Leaders  in  the  various  de- 
partments. 

Activity  Program 
Effective 

"DEPORTS  received  indicate  that  4  1 6 
groups  chose  drama,  274  dancing, 
256  music,  149  speech,  177  story, 
154  conversation,  382  reading,  294 
hobbies,  481  social  conduct. 

Effective 


The  New  Year  Finds 
Many  Stakes  Near  The  Top 

XKTE  are  now  going  down  the  home 
v  stretch  towards  that  April  1 5  and 
the  close  of  the  circulation  contest. 
Nearly  eighty  per  cent  of  the  stakes 
have  passed  the  fifty  per  cent  mark  and 
fifteen  have  gone  over  the  one  hundred 
per  cent  quota.  Juarez  has  gone  up  to 
158  per  cent,  a  splendid  record,  with 
Union  second,  and  Moapa  crowding 
followed  almost  neck  and  neck  by 
Snownake.  But  the  best  of  all  is  that 
the  subscribers  have  a  magazine  which 
they  read  and  of  which  they  are  proud. 

The  race  for  numbers  of  subscrip- 
tions is  also  extremely  interesting. 
Idaho  Falls  is  out  there  in  front  with 
635  subscribers,  116  per  cent  of  its 
quota,  proving  that  the  larger  stakes 
can  go  over  the  top  if  they  will.  Lib- 
erty, champion  of  last  year,  is  a  close 
second,  followed  in  order  by  Maricopa, 
Fremont,  Ogden,  and  Salt  Lake. 

Juarez,  though  it  has  158  per  cent 
of  its  quota,  is  not  among  the  first 
twenty,  according  to  numbers,  indicat- 
ing that  it  is  well  to  have  two  races. 

Herewith  are  listed  20  Stakes  with 
their  standing  according  to  percentages: 

(Several  mistakes  in  totals  were  dis- 
covered in  our  published  figures  last 
month;  these,  however,  have  been  care- 
fully checked  and  appear  to  be  correct.) 

Lethbridge  Stake  Going 
Over  the  Top 

HAVE  just  been  checking  up  the 
stake  and  find  we  are  only  3  below  the 
stake  quota,"  says  John  H.  G.  Green, 
of  Lethbridge,  Canada,  "and  I  am  sure 
we  will  finish  over  the  top.  Several  of 
our  wards  have  exceeded  their  quota." 
...  "I  believe,"  says  an  Eta  director, 
"that  the  greatest  difficulty  we  have  in 
this  stake,  and  in  each  ward,  to  a  great 
extent,  is  getting  agents  that  will  take 
an  active  interest  in  the  work  and  call 
on  the  people  in  the  spirit  of  rendering 
a  service  to  them.  Too  often  the  M.  I. 
A.  officers  have  selected  young  boys  and 
girls  to  do  the  work.  In  most  cases  in 
this  stake,  this  has  been  done  and  they 
(the  boys  and  girls)  have  no  interest 
in  the  work  and  make  one  or  two  can- 
vasses and  then  quit  and  a  number  of 
the  people  are  not  called  on  at  all. 
Where  older  people  are  selected  and 
given  that  opportunity,  better  results 
are  obtained.  That  is  one  of  the  lead- 
ing factors  in  our  success  this  year.  .  . 
.  .  The  ward  agents  as  a  rule  should 
not  be  less  than  35  years  of  age,  and 


only  selected  because  of  their  person- 
ality and  spirituality  and  willingness 
to  work  and  make  a  real  canvass." 


20  Stakes  Which  Have  Turned  in 

the  Highest  Number  o) 

: 

Subscriptions 

1.  Idaho  Falls  

.635 

2.  Liberty    

.495 

3.   Maricopa  

..486 

4.   Fremont    

..475 

5.  Ogden  

..469 

6.   Salt  Lake   

..443 

7.   Pocatello  

..437 

8.   Fnsign 

..409 

9.   St.  Joseph  

.407 

10.   Benson    

.405 

11.  Montpelier    

..380 

12.   Hollywood  

.378 

13.   Mt.  Ogden  

.373 

14.  Box  Elder  

.372 

15.   Snownake  

.367 

16.   Franklin    

.360 

17.   Moapa  

..339 

18.   Utah    

.336 

19.   Cottonwood  

.332 

20.  Big  Horn 

..324 

Record  of  Stake  Percentages  as 

of  January  10,  1935 

1.   Juarez  

..158 

2.   Union    

..136 

3.  Moapa  

..133 

4.   Snowflake  

.131 

5.  Montpelier 

..129 

6.  Lyman  

..127 

7.  Big  Horn   

.118 

8.   Maricopa  

.118 

9.  Twin  Falls  

..117 

10.  Idaho  Falls  

.116 

11.   Curlew  

.113 

12.  Lethbridge    

..110 

13.   Bear  Lake  

..107 

14.   Franklin   

..101 

15.  Deseret    

..100 

16.   Star  Valley  

...99 

17.  Zion  Park  

...98 

18.   Kanab 

...93 

19.   Fremont    

....92 

20.   St.  Joseph  

90 

21.  Burley   90 

22.  Uintah  89 

2  3 .   Pocatello    8  8 

24.  Bannock  86 

25.  Hyrum  85 

26.  Oneida  85 

27.  Lost  River  79 

28.  Morgan   75 

29.  San  Juan  74 

30.  Taylor  73 

31.  Bear  River 71 

32.  Cache  7 1 

33.  St.  Johns  71 

34.  Young  70 

35.  Blackfoot  ____69 

36.  Mt.  Ogden  69 

37.  Raft  River 69 

38.  San  Luis 69 


39.  Alberta  67 

40.  Benson  67 

41.  Minidoka 67 

42.  Shelley  67 

43.  Idaho  ^66 

44.  Ogden    66 

45.  Kolob 65 

46.  Palmyra   65 

47.  Boise    64 

48.  Hollywood  64 

49.  Malad    64 

50.  San    Francisco    64 

51.  Timpanogos  64 

52.  Beaver   63 

53.  Logan   63 

54.  South  Davis  63 

55.  Box  Elder 61 

56.  Lehi  61 

57.  Teton    60 

58.  No.  Weber  59 

59.  Alpine   58 

60.  Carbon  58 

61.  St.  George 58 

62.  So.  Sevier 58 

63.  Yellowstone  57 

64.  Emery   56 

65.  Panguitch  55 

66.  Portneuf 55 

67.  Salt  Lake  55 

68.  Rigby 54 

69.  Cottonwood  53 

70.  Ensign   53 

71.  No.  Davis 53 

72.  Woodruff  53 

73.  Blaine 52 

74.  Juab  52 

75.  Nevada  51 

76.  Parowan 51 

77.  Summit   50 

78.  Los  Angeles  47 

79.  Sevier 47 

80.  Wasatch  46 

81.  East  Jordan  45 

82.  West  Jordan 45 

83.  Utah   45 

84.  Cassia  43 

85.  Liberty  43 

86.  So.  Summit  42 

87.  Sharon 42 

88.  Roosevelt  42 

89.  Garfield    41 

90.  Weber   40 

91.  Millard  39 

92.  Moroni 36 

93.  Tooele  36 

94.  Blaine    35 

95.  Gunnison  33 

96.  So.   Sanpete   33 

97.  Duchesne   32 

98.  Nebo    30 

99.  Tintic   29 

100.  Pioneer  26 

101.  No.  Sanpete  25 

102.  Wells 25 

103.  Granite  24 

104.  Grant  24 

105.  Oquirrh    23 

106.  No.   Sevier  19 


"Man's  prevailing  mood  should  be  objective." 


Speak  Now 

"K/AY  we  remind  you  that  ours  is  a 
cooperative  movement — a  mutual 
association-  Already  we  must  formu- 
late our  program  for  next  season.  You 
share  in  that  responsibility.  Based  on 
your  observation,  experience,  and  con- 
tact with  members  this  year,  will  you 
make  recommendations  now  for  the 
new  program? 

What  appreciation  courses  do  you 
feel  would  be  welcomed  by  your  adult 
group?  Should  these  be  included  in 
our  manual?  How  shall  we  modify, 
amplify  or  enrich  our  general  program? 
This  is  your  opportunity  to  be  con- 
structive and  truly  helpful,  but  do  not 
hesitate  to  point  out  present  defects  in 
our  plan  even  if  you  cannot  suggest 
a  remedy. 

Tell  us  please  too,  how  this  sea- 
son's program  has  been  received,  modi- 
fied, amplified  or  substituted.  What 
of  social  activities?  How  successful 
have  your  sessions  been  on  the  5  th 
Tuesdays  of  the  month?  Are  personal 
experiences  being  given?  We  are  anx- 
ious to  receive  these  helpful  incidents 
as  explained  in  the  manual.  Are  you 
opening  up  to  view  the  world  of  hob- 
bies and  making  preparation  to  partici- 
pate in  another  Hobby  Show  at  June 
Conference? 

Please  tell  us  now.  Even  a  penciled 
note  with  only  a  sentence  or  two  will 
be  appreciated.  But  send  it  now.  Ad- 
dress— M.  I.  A.  Adult  Committee, 
50  North  Main  or  30  Bishop's  Build- 
ing, Salt  Lake  City. 

What  Lack  We  Yet? 

/^•OD,  some  would  say  Nature,  has 
been  trying  to  produce  the  whole 
man — the  perfect  man  with  all  his  fac- 
ulties fully  developed.  Tribes,  nations, 
peoples,  men  without  number  have 
risen  and  fallen.  Some  civilizations 
have  climbed  high,  but  sooner  or  later, 
all  have  lost  balance.  Like  circus 
clowns,  they  have  tumbled  down  from 
the  inclined  wire  of  human  progress. 
Unbalance  has  toppled  the  nations. 
Never  on  this  planet  has  life  been  made 
complete  or  perfect  enough  to  bear  up 
under  the  pressure  of  time.  Always 
it  has  been  defective — some  element 
essential  to  complete  the  circle  of  life 
has  been  lacking. 

The   balanced   life   has   never   been 


Life  an  Achievement 

T2IRTH  is  a  universal  gift;  life 
is  an  individual  process, 
achievement.  Alt  are  born,  but 
not  everyone  really  lives.  Some 
whose  birth  antedated  death  by 
even  three  score  years  can  scarce- 
ly be  said  to  have  lived  at  all. 

Life  varies  in  degree  from  near 
zero  upward  in  the  scale  toward 
that  of  a  man  described  by  Shake- 
speare as  "infinite  in  faculty  .  . 
.  noble  in  reason  .  .  .  how  like 
a  God."  Man  is  that  he  may 
develop  fully  alt  his  faculties,  in 
order  that  he  may  know  all  joys. 
Joy  is  the  aim  of  the  eternal  pro- 
cess— life.  Man  lives  for  joy; 
through  joy;  in  joy. . 

Therefore,  a  joyless  life  is  a 
failure — lifeless.  Only  as  life  be- 
comes joyous,  does  it  become  suc- 
cessful. "The  amount  of  satis- 
faction one  gets  is  the  new  suc- 
cessful life."  As  life  improves 
in  quality,  joy  increases  in  inten- 
sity. Man  becomes  more  alive  by 
opening  up  and  developing  more 
and  higher  avenues  to  enjoyment. 
His  joy  will  never  be  complete 
because  his  powers  are  capable  of 
infinite  development  and  exploi- 
tation. His  joy  will  be  as  end- 
less as  his  progress.  The  rich 
reward  of  living  is  more  life — 
eternal  life. 


lived;  therefore,  no  civilization  has 
been  permanent.  Sparta  sought  the 
perfect  man  through  physical  develop- 
ment; Athens  by  emphasis  on  learning. 
Both  left  out  something;  both  failed. 
Rome  builded  grandly,  but  moral  un- 
balance at  last  brought  ruin  and  ended 
her  reign.  She  fell  beneath  the  feet 
of  less  cultured,  but  more  sturdy  man. 

No  fact  in  history  seems  plainer  than 
man's  inability  to  maintain  balance. 
Nations  rise  like  waves  of  the  sea — 
higher  and  higher  perhaps  but  each  in 
turn  disappears.  Savagery  follows  hard 
upon  the  heels  of  culture.  We  may 
well  ask,  can  a  cultured  civilization 
survive?  History  gives  only  the  gloomy 
answer — it  never  has.  Culture  has 
brought  decay;  culture  has  been  crushed 
by  savagery.  Says  one  surveying  the 
panorama  of  the  past,  "if  there  is  vali- 


dity in  history,  where  we  now  stand, 
savages  will  roam." 

And  yet  certain  gains  have  been 
made;  -not  all  has  been  lost.  Out  of 
the  past  come  echoes  of  man's  nobler 
achievements.  Into  our  seething  day 
of  change  has  come  some  of  the  change- 
less wisdom  of  the  ages  in  the  form  of 
literature,  art,  music,  science.  These 
costly  tools  fashioned  on  the  anvil  of 
time  are  ours  for  the  taking.  Standing 
on  the  vantage  ground  of  the  present, 
may  we  not  hope  now  to  rear  upon 
the  summit  of  the  centuries  a  broad- 
based,  truly  symmetrical  civilization? 
With  the  clear  perspective  of  the  past, 
may  we  not  now  build  a  balanced  struc- 
ture of  life  so  complete,  so  rounded  out 
that  nothing  vital  shall  be  neglected? 
This  is  the  question  of  the  ages;  can 
we  keep  our  balance?  What  lack  we 
yet?  If  the  answer  is  too  high  for  us, 
we  too  shall  go  down  into  oblivion. 

Adults'  Day 

T70R  years  we  have  acclaimed  youth. 
We  have  remade  the  world  for 
them.  The  lurid  shade  that  hovered 
over  dawning  life  has  been  banished, 
we  hope  forever. 

We  have  emancipated  youth,  recog- 
nized their  rights  as  persons  to  live 
their  own  lives  and  given  them  more 
?nd  more  freedom,  opportunities,  ad- 
vantages. 

Adults  have  done  this — and  of 
course  rightly. 

"The  next  decade  belongs  to  adults," 
now  announces  a  national  figure.  Just 
what  has  he  in  mind? 

We  think  he  merely  recognizes  a 
growing  realization  throughout  the  land 
that  now  it  is  time  to  give  attention 
to  adult  life;  to  take  the  dullness  out 
of  it. 

The  adult  has  been  forgotten,  pushed 
aside,  shelved.  Now  he  feels  the  quick- 
ening pulse  of  new  possibilities  for 
zestful  living.  Adult  life  is  taking  on 
new  lustre.  It  is  being  discovered  that 
life  need  not  wane  until  it  "winks 
out;"  that  there  are  ways,  many  of 
them,  to  keep  alive  in  the  freshening 
stream  of  events  and  make  progress  in 
the  art  of  well  proportioned  living. 
It  will  be  the  proud  achievement  of 
this  decade  to  extend  life  in  depth  and 
scope  as  well  as  in  duration. 

Let  us  help  win  the  war  against  joy- 
less maturity.  Hail  the  dawning  day 
for  adults. 


"D Y  throwing  their  whole  nature  into  the  interests  of  others,  men  most  effectually  escape  the  melan- 
choly of  introspection;   the  horizon  of  life  is  enlarged;   the   development   of   the   moral  and 
sympathetic  feelings  chases  egotistic  cares."— Lee ky. 


JI2 


To  All  Seniors 

CENIORS,  according  to  the  M.  I.  A. 
classification,  are  those  adorable  and 
virile  people  between  the  ages  of  23 
and  35.  This  page  is  for  them — those 
fashion  setters,  conversation  directors, 
world  builders,  and  world  changers. 

The  Seniors  have  a  course  of  study 
and  a  course,  in  fact  many  courses,  of 
activity  outlined  for  them.  The  man- 
ual bears  the  intriguing  title:  "The 
Quest  For  Complete  Living."  The 
Committee's  hope  is  that  every  Senior 
will  fill  his  days  with  fine  things  in 
order  that  he  may  live  his  life  here  to 
the  brim. 

We  hope  you  have  read  that  portrait 
of  Joseph  Smith  by  John  Henry  Evans, 
in  the  January  issue.  The  author 
says  that  brains  have  capacities  just 
as  cups  do  and  that  no  one  would  try 
to  pour  a  gallon  of  water  in  a  pint  cup. 
But  everybody  should  try  to  fill  the 
cup  to  the  brim.  Somehow  there  are 
those  who  believe  that  the  Lord  had 
some  such  thing  in  mind  when  he  spoke 
of  those  talents.  He  wished  to  point 
out  that  all  of  us  should  not  only  use 
the  talents  we  have  but  find  new  ones. 

We  hope  that  February  will  offer 
many  suggestions  for  living  life  to  the 
full — socially  as  well  as  physically  and 
spiritually,  for  after  all  man  is  gre- 
garious and  enjoys  association  with  his 
fellows  when  inertia  is  not  too  great. 

We  hope  many  of  the  Senior  Men 
will  find  in  Scouting  an  opportunity 
for  service  and  personal  growth.  The 
boys  need  the  men  and  the  men  need 
the  boys.  The  Senior  Women  can  find 
equally  interesting  opportunities  among 
the  girls. 

Spring  is  just  around  the  corner — 
we  know  that.  It  isn't  like  the  de- 
pression. Old  Mother  Nature  rolls  her 
seasons  at  us  whether  we  are  prepared 
for  them  or  not,  so — now  is  the  time 
to  plan  that  spring  and  summer. 

Are  you  going  to  grow  a  garden — 
then  plant  it  now — spiritually  or 
should  we  say  dreamily — before  it  is 
in  the  ground.  Are  you  going  to 
make  travel  your  hobby  this  coming 
summer?  Then  lay  out  your  trip  now; 
study  costs,  stretch  it  to  the  limit  of 
every  dollar  set  aside  for  the  purpose. 
Will  you  camp  some  where?  Then 
why  not  get  well  up  on  camping  out- 
fits and  places  to  go. 

Don't  forget  that  there  is  likely  to 
be  a  hobby-show  at  June  Conference. 
All  of  our  Senior  artists,  writers,  wood- 
carvers,  builders,  bird  fanciers,  etc.,  eic, 
should  have  the  occasion  in  mind  and 


A  NUMBER  OF  SENIORS  MAY 

BE  INTERESTED  IN  THESE 

QUESTIONS 

1.  I  plan  to  grow  a  flower  gar- 
den next  summer.  I  have  a  strip 
bordering  a  piece  of  lawn.  I 
should  like  to  plant  banking 
flowers — about  three  or  four 
rows  rising  from  low  ones  to 
Zinnias  in  the  back  row.  Will 
some  good  Senior  gardener  tell 
me  what  flowers — annuals — to 
select  for  my  purpose?  Thank 
you. 

2.  I  have  just  finished  reading 
the  book — "The  Ancient  Mayas" 
— by  Robert  Stacy  Judd.  I  like 
it.  Will  some  one  guide  me  to 
another  about  the  same  people? 

3.  We  need  help.  My  husband 
and  I  live  on  a  farm  a  consider- 
able distance  from  our  commun- 
ity center  and  somewhat  remote 
from  neighbors.  We  attend  mu- 
tual s  rather  regularly  on  Tuesday 
evenings,  especially  when  the 
weather  is  good,  but  we  are  in 
need  of  something  for  our  home 
evenings.  We  have  read  a  bit 
about  hobbies,  but  we  need  sug- 
gestions. We  should  be  glad  to 
read  about  other  people's  experi- 
ences under  somewhat  the  same 
circumstances. 

Now,  Seniors,  who  have  made 
home  evenings  delightful,  here 
is  an  opportunity  to  lend  a  help- 
ing hand.  The  Committee  will 
welcome  answers  to  these  ques- 
tions. Please  make  them  brief 
and  as  definite  and  concrete  as 
possible. 


ought  to  be  read  by  all  Seniors,  one 
be  ready  to  send  something  in  worth 
while. 

And  now,  Seniors,  if  you  have  read 
thus  far,  you  will  know  that  we  are 
merely  throwing  out  hints.  All  of  us 
need  some  sort  of  spur  to  keep  us  push- 
ing along.  The  best  of  luck  attend  you. 

What  Have  You  Read? 

Seniors  should,  by  design,  become 
voracious  readers.  Men  are  thinking 
through  all  sorts  of  problems  these 
days  and  are  presenting  their  thoughts 
in  more  interesting  ways  and  through 
more  avenues  than  ever  before. 

Here  are  some  articles  which  have 
been  mentioned  to  us  as  being  worth 
while.  "Be  Glad  You're  Neurotic" 
gave  one  person  new  hope.  Reader's 
Digest,  January.  "The  Magic  Twist," 
American  Review  for  January,    1935, 


by  Francis  Rufus  Bellamy,  North 
of  our  readers  declares.  "A  Better  Place 
To  Live  In,"  by  Edward  W.  Bok, 
found  reprinted  in  the  January  Reader's 
Digest  is  a  companion  article.  Young 
people  in  search  of  jobs  could  not  find 
better  advice,  perhaps,  than  in  the 
article  "Ideas  Get  The  Job,"  by  John 
Tunis,  Review  of  Reviews,  January, 
1935.  "New  Feet  For  Old,"  by  Paul 
de  Kruif,  Country  Gentleman,  Decem- 
ber, 1934,  should  not  be  over-looked 
by  older  people  who  are  suffering  from 
hardening  of  the  arteries  of  the  leg. 
All  of  us  may  some  day  so  suffer.  In 
fact,  this  is  very  confidential — you  will 
usually  find  a  cross  section  of  the  best 
magazine  articles  in  The  Reader's  Di- 
gest. Perhaps  if  none  of  you  take  the 
magazine  now,  you  could  subscribe  by 
the  class  and  pass  it  around. 


Books 


(Continued  from  page  107) 


>- 


-sf 


of  the  caterpillar— -(caterpillar?)  — 
what  about  some  tea?  We  accordingly 
repair  to  tea-tent — very  hot  and  crowd- 
ed, and  benches  show  tendency  to  tip 
people  off  whenever  other  people  get 
up.  .  .  .  Small  girl  .  .  .  spills  her 
tea,  it  runs  down  the  table  which  is  on 
a  slope,  and  invades  Robert's  flannel 
trousers.  He  is  not  pleased,  but  says 
that  It  doesn't  Matter,  and  we  leave 
tent." 

Nothing  startling,  we  grant,  except 
as  it  is  startling  to  find  a  chuckle  in 
whatever  happens  (especially  when  it 
happens  to  other  people)  and  the  entire 
trip  through  America  with  this  Eng- 
lishwoman recalls  moments  of  our  own. 
The  everlastingly  empty  tooth-paste 
tube  which  gives  rise  to  a  strange  sus- 
picion that  the  children  eat  tooth-paste; 
the  unfailing  discussion  of  "Anthony 
Adverse"  by  any  and  all;  the  large 
woman  who  works  her  way  steadily 
through  an  eight  course  dinner,  dis- 
cussing the  while  the  rigid  diet  she  is 
on;  the  question  as  to  whether  or  not 
Thanksgiving  has  a  disastrous  effect  on 
trade  in  England  and  the  delicate  reply 
that  so  far  as  known  England  has  never 
returned  any  particular  thanks  for  the 
United  States'  having  left  them; — 
these  and  many  more  bits  are  cumula- 
tive in  their  power  to  absorb  and  de- 
light. Don't  miss  "Provincial  Lady  in 
America"  both  for  herself  and  the  fact 
that  she  will  be  a  stepping  stone  to 
other  books  by  the  same  author. 


Special  Instructions  for 
M  Men 

M  Men  Basketball 
"DEPORTS  from  nearly  every  stake 
indicate  that  the  basketball  teams 
are  having  the  best  season  in  years. 
Several  new  teams  have  been  added  to 
the  hundreds  of  entrants  already  par- 
ticipating. The  Church-wide  tourna- 
ment will  be  held  in  Salt  Lake  during 
the  early  part  of  March,  1935. 

The  San  Francisco  area  will  send  a 
team  to  the  tournament  this  year 
along  with  the  Southern  California 
contestants.  All  M  Men  officers  should 
keep  us  acquainted  with  the  stake  and 
district  winners  so  we  can  plan  for  a 
selection  of  the  best  teams  for  final 
competition. 

$2.00  Ward  Athletic  Fees 

All  wards  that  have  not  sent  in  their 
$2.00  fee  to  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  office 
at  50  North  Main  Street,  Salt  Lake 
City,  Utah,  should  do  so  as  soon  as 
possible.  It  was  voted  at  the  June 
Convention  to  raise  the  fee  to  two 
dollars  to  help  defray  expenses  of  teams 
who  travel  long  distances  to  compete. 
Details  of  this  plan  will  be  furnished 
later  to  the  selected  teams.  This  fee 
covers  all  expenses  for  the  athletic 
contests  in  Tennis,  Swimming,  and 
Softball  baseball  held  in  the  spring, 
and  helps  make  these  Church-wide 
events  possible. 

M  Men  in  C.  C.  C.  Camps 

Several  hundred  M  Men  and  thou- 
sands of  prospective  M  Men  are  en- 
camped in  C.  C.  C.  Camps  in  the 
West.  The  M  Men  officers  should  co- 
operate with  C.  C.  C.  Camp  chaplains 
to  promote  our  athletic  program  and 
course  of  instruction.  If  possible,  have 
them  attend  your  ward  and  play  with 
you.  If  the  group  is  large,  arrange 
to  hold  M  Men  classes  at  the  camp  and 
let  their  athletic  teams  play  in  your 
stake  tournament.  A  wonderful  mis- 
sionary work  can  be  accomplished  by 
making  all  young  men  in  your  vicinity 
welcome  at  all  M  Men  functions. 
Contact  your  Stake  Supervisor  of  M 
Men  and  the  Chaplains  of  C.  C.  C. 
Camps  to  get  this  program  under  way. 
Suitable  literary  material  and  equip- 
ment have  already  been  placed  in  the 
hands  of  the  Chaplains. 

Master  M  Men  Applicants 

The  Master  M  Men  application 
blanks  are  being  mailed  to  all  those 
M  Men  who  have  written  saying  that 
they  have  completed  their  credits  and 
other  requirements.  Some  stakes  have 
already  sent   in   for  fifteen   or  twenty 


cards  to  be  filled  in.  This  is  the  end 
to  which  we  are  all  working.  Don't 
let  your  ward  and  stake  lag  in  this 
respect.  Read  carefully  the  require- 
ments in  the  M  Men  Handbook  and 
Guide.  If  you  are  eligible  for  the 
Master  M  Men  award  write  us  for  a 
form  to  be  filled  in  immediately. 

Initiation  Ceremony  and 
M  Men  Pins 

If  you  have  not  been  an  M  Man 
before  June,  1934,  you  are  not  one 
now  unless  you  have  completed  the 
M  Men  requirements  and  been  initiated 
into  our  brotherhood.  A  beautiful 
and  impressive  ceremony  is  set  out  in 
the  M  Men  Handbook.  Try  to  hold 
an  initiation  in  your  ward  soon.  We 
have  a  supply  of  M  Men  pins  at  the 
Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  office  to  sell  for  75c 
and  $1.00.     These  gold  pins  are  our 


Unanswered? 

By  Roger  W.  Haglund 

TS  your  prayer  as  yet  unanswered, 

Though  your  plea  was  fervent  quite, 
And  you  know  God  heard  you  calling 
And  your  cause  was  surely  right? 

Can  it  be  that  God  is  willing 
That  your  prayer  should  be  in  vain? 
Is  it  that  He  is  unmindful 
Of  your  trouble  or  your  pain? 

Nay,  take  courage  and  be  faithful, 
God  will  give  your  soul  relief; 
He  will  make  your  burdens  lighter, 
And  give  solace  to  your  grief. 

God  is  Love  and  Truth  and  Mercy, 
He  is  Father  of  us  all. 
Can  He  then  forget  His  children, 
Or  deny  them  when  they  call? 

Oft  we  send  our  prayers  to  Heaven, 
Knowing  well  that  we  should  ask 
For  the  courage,  strength  and  knowl- 
edge 
Needed  in  our  daily  task. 

Every  day  is  but  a  little 
Of  the  life  that  each  must  live, 
And  the  whole  of  life's  the  picture 
That  the  days  repeated  give. 

God  will  make  each  day  a  journey 
Full  of  joy  and  happiness, 
If  we  trust  His  guiding  wisdom 
And  His  loving  tenderness. 

Prayers  are  just  as  surely  answered 
Though  requests  may  be  denied, 
As  if  all  our  supplications 
Were  abundantly  supplied. 


recognition  awards  and  should  be  worn 
on  the  vest,  over  the  heart,  by  every 
duly  qualified  M  Man.  Try  to  make 
the  sacrifice  to  obtain  your  pin  now. 
Address  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  General  Office, 
50  North  Main  Street,  Salt  Lake  City, 
Utah. 

Special  M  Men  Instruction 

In  January  M  Men  Institutes  have 
been  held  in  the  Salt  Lake,  Ogden, 
Provo  and  Logan  areas.  These  have 
been  held  under  the  supervision  of  the 
M  Men  Committee  of  the  General 
Board  and  the  M  Men  Executive  Coun- 
cil. A  general  course  of  training  for 
M  Men  leaders  and  officers  were  of- 
fered including  three  major  topics  of 
universal  interest.  These  topics  were: 
I.  Athletics. 
II.   Master  M  Men  Instruction. 

III.  The  M  Men  Program  Explained 
From  Now  Until  June  Conven- 
tion. 

Many  stake  and  ward  M.  I.  A.  Su- 
perintendents, M  Men  officers  and 
coaches  attended  these  meetings.  The 
continuance  of  these  additional  helps 
is  assured  by  the  success  of  those  al- 
ready held.  The  information  gleaned 
from  these  meetings  will  be  sent  to  you 
in  the  form  of  a  special  bulletin. 

M  Men  International 

Reports  from  S.  Homer  Durham, 
Superintendent  in  charge  of  M.  I.  A. 
in  the  British  Mission  indicate  that  our 
brothers  from  across  the  sea  are  joining 
us  in  the  M  Men  movement  with  great 
enthusiasm.  Orders  for  M  Men  Hand- 
books, Guides,  Lessons,  Pins,  Awards 
and  Master  M  Men  material  are  being 
requested.  A  Cricket  league  is  being 
organized.  In  the  German  Mission  and 
elsewhere  a  renewed  enthusiasm  for 
M  Men  activity  is  being  evidenced. 
It  may  not  be  long  before  we  have  an 
M  Men  International.  It  is  hoped  that 
Missions  in  all  parts  of  the  world  will 
include  the  M  Men  program  in  their 
work  or  modify  it  to  suit  their  purposes 
and  circumstances. 

Greetings 

■"THE  M  Men  Committee  of  the  Gen- 
eral Board  and  the  M  Men  Execu- 
tive Council  desires  to  express  heart- 
felt gratitude  for  your  splendid  coopera- 
tion in  1934  and  pledge  their  best 
efforts  to  a  bigger  and  more  prosperous 
M  Men  year  in  1935. 
Herbert  B.  Maw, 

Chairman    M    Men    Committee, 
General  Board. 
Charles  J.  Parkinson, 
Pres.  Church  M  Men  Organiza- 
tion. 


-zw.nt*. 


The  following  talk  given  by  Linnie 
Parker,  a  Gleaner  Girl  of  the  Cannon 
Ward,  Pioneer  Stake,  is  a  sample  of  the 
splendid  talks  given  by  Gleaners  at 
M.  I.  A.  Conventions. 

The  Slogan 

T  BELONG  to  a  wonderful  Church — 
so  wonderful  that  I  am  anxious  to 
share  it  with  others,  with  everyone  the 
wide  world  over.  I  want  them  all  to 
know  that  I'm  for  it  heart,  body  and 
soul.  But  how  can  I  show  it?  How 
can  I  prove  my  allegiance  to  the 
Church? 

Words  in  themselves  are  of  little  use, 
whether  they  be  employed  in  flowery 
sermons  or  loud,  heated  arguments. 
Words  sometimes  only  bring  people  to 
a  state  of  mind  where  they  say,  "Now 
show  me!" — for  folks  everywhere 
would  rather  see  a  sermon  than  hear 
one,  and  how  much  better  we  can 
prove  our  allegiance  by  keeping  our 
poise  and  quietly  demonstrating  the 
divinity  of  our  religion  by  the  way  it 
enriches  our  lives  and  personalities, 
than  by  any  number  of  arguments  in 
its  behalf. 

There  is  a  story  told  in  an  old 
German  play  called  "Nathan  the 
Wise,"  and  the  moral  brought  out  by 
that  little  story  might  well  be  applied 
to  the  proper  way  to  prove  our  alle- 
giance to  the  Church.  Briefly,  the  story 
is  this:  Long  ago  there  lived  in  an 
Eastern  country  a  king  who  had  three 
sons.  This  king  possessed  a  wonder- 
ful ring  endowed  with  the  power  to 
make  whoever  wore  it  beloved  by  both 
God  and  man.  The  ring  had  been 
passed  down  from  father  to  son  for 
many  generations.  If  a  father  had 
more  than  one  son  it  was  to  be  given 
to  the  one  he  loved  best.  Now  the 
king  was  very'  perplexed,  for  he  loved 
all  three  of  his  sons  equally  well,  and 
he  didn't  know  to  which  one  he  should 
give  the  ring.  Finally  he  had  a  jeweler 
make  two  other  rings  just  exactly  like 
the  one  he  wore,  and  just  before  he  died 
he  called  each  son  to  him,  gave  him 
a  blessing  and  one  of  the  rings.  After 
his  death,  however,  a  contention  arose 
among  the  sons  as  to  which  one  had 
the  enchanted  ring.  No  one  could  tell 
by  looking  at  them,  so  the  three  sons 
went  to  a  great  judge  and  asked  him 
to  decide  which  one  had  the  real  ring. 
But  the  judge  shook  his  head.  "Your 
father  who  is  dead  is  the  only  one  who 
could  decide  that,"  he  said.  "But  wait 
— the  enchanted  ring  is  endowed  with 
the  power  to  make  its  wearer  beloved 
by  both  God  and  man,  is  it  not?  Go, 
therefore — live  your  lives  in  peace. 
Arguments  and  contentions  will  be  of 


no  avail.  Let  your  lives  prove  which 
of  you  has  the  real  ring." 

And  down  through  the  ages  that 
advice  still  rings  true — go  let  your 
lives  prove  which  of  you  has  the  real 
church,  for  the  people  all  over  the  world 
are  the  judges.  They  cannot  tell  by 
just  looking  at  the  religions  which  is 
true  and  which  is  false.  And  so  they 
look  at  our  lives  to  see  whether  or  not 
we  have  the  true  Church. 

Since  actions  are  what  count  for 
most  in  establishing  the  divinity  of  our 
religion  and  in  proving  our  loyalty 
and  whole-hearted  support,  our  M.  I. 
A.  has  chosen  as  its  slogan  for  this 
year:  "By  my  actions  I  will  prove  my 
allegiance  to  the  Church."  And  I,  as 
an  individual  member  of  the  M.  I.  A. 
am  mostly  concerned  with  what  actions 
of  mine  will  prove  my  allegiance  to 
the  Church. 

If  I  can  live  my  day  so  that  each  minute 

Will  add  a  new  enrichment  to  my 
youth, 

And  stand  strong  for  my  Church  and 
all  that's  in  it, 

And  by  my  actions  demonstrate  its 
truth; 

If  I  can  live  above  all  filth  and  crude- 
ness 

And  make  my  life  a  pure  and  happy 
one, 

And  yet  avoid  all  haughtiness  and  rude- 
ness— 

Find  joy  in  life  instead  of  merely  fun; 

If,  when  I'm  asked  to  carry  out  a  duty 
Right   from  my  heart   I   can   declare, 

"I'll  try!" 
And  in  my  work  find  all   its  hidden 

beauty 


"POSING" 

Photo  by  W.  B.  Hales 


And  thus  increase  my  powers  as  days  go 
by; 

If  I  can  pay  my  tithing — not  for  show- 
ing— 

Nor  with  a  grudging  spirit  nor  a 
whine — 

Pay  all  my  off' rings,  oh!  so  gladly, 
knowing 

The  fraction  that  I  pay  back  isn't  mine. 

If  I  can  fill  each  day  with  pleasant 
greetings 

And  spread  about  some  happy  thought 
or  song, 

Be  present  and  on  time  at  all  my  meet- 
ings, 

And  help  push  every  worthy  work 
along; 

If  I  can  serve  and  learn  its  fullest 
meaning, 

Say  "Gladly,"  when  I'm  asked  to  work 
or  teach, 

If  I  can  learn  to  lift  instead  of  leaning, 

If  I  can  always  practice  what  I  preach; 

If  I  can  make  old  folks  and  children 
love  me 

And  keep  my  faith  in  God  a-burning 
bright, 

Believe  in  those  that  He  has  placed 
above  me, 

And  know  that  they're  directing  me 
a-right; 

If  I  can  really  prove  my  soul  cour- 
ageous 

And  in  a  battle  triumph  over  sin, 

If  I  can  know  ambition  is  contagious — 

That  if  I  work  the  rest  will  soon  "fall 
in;" 

If  I  can  pray  and  know  that  God  will 
heed  me 

If  I  have  asked  with  an  unselfish  heart; 

Can  be  on  hand  whene'er  my  Church 
may  need  me, 

Be  ready  and  so  glad  to  do  my  part; 

If  I  can  say  a  "no"  with  power  un- 
daunted 

When  asked  to  stoop  to  something  low 
or  wrong, 

But  if  for  some  good  cause  my  help  is 
wanted, 

Can  make  the  "yes"  I  say  be  just  as 
strong; 

If  I  can  use  the  life  of  our  great  Savior 

As  my  ideal  in  everything  I  do, 

And  prove   to   all  the   world  by   my 

behavior 
That    I    am    with   my    Church    right 

through  and  through; 
If  I  can  look  for  good  instead  of  weak- 
ness 
And  really  be  successful  in  my  search — 
If  I    can   do   all   this   with   love   and 

meekness, — 
Then  I  have  proved  allegiance  to  my 
Church! 


115 


Safety  Surveys  for 

Vanguards 

A  YEAR  ago  a  brand  new  L.  D.  S. 
•*~^  chapel  and  recreation  hall  burned 
down.  Investigation  showed  defective 
wiring.  Recently  another  new  chapel 
and  hall  burned — reason  not  known. 

In  Log  of  the  Vanguard  Trail  No.  4, 
there  are  four  safety  surveys  outlined. 
No  more  practical,  interesting  or  educa- 
tional activity  is  offered  Vanguards 
than  these  four  surveys.  Vanguard 
leaders  are  urged  to  get  the  Log,  plan 
the  surveys  and  put  them  into  effect  as 
quickly  as  possible. 

A  suggested  order  for  the  surveys  is 
this: 

February — Safety  survey  of  every 
Church  attended  by  Vanguards. 

March — Safety  survey  of  every  home 
in  which  a  Vanguard  lives. 

April — Safety  survey  of  every  school 
attended  by  Vanguards. 

May — Safety  Survey  of  traffic  haz- 
ards in  every  community  in  which  a 
Vanguard  lives. 

Plans  for  the  four  surveys  and  com- 
plete instruction  are  contained  in  Log 
Number  3.  If  more  than  one  survey 
a  month  can  be  conducted  so  much  the 
better.  Here  is  an  opportunity  for 
service — service  that  may  save  a  church, 
a  school,  a  home,  or  a  life.  Let's  do 
it,  Vanguards! 

Vanguards  and  the  Stiver 

Jubilee  Anniversary 

(~\N  February  8  Scouting  in  the 
^^  United  States  will  be  twenty-five 
years  old — a  Silver  Jubilee  Anni- 
versary. Vanguards  should  cooperate 
in  every  possible  way  to  make  local 
celebrations  of  the  birthday  of  Scouting 
a  glorious  success.  We  hope  to  see  a 
truly  worthy  and  representative  group 
of  Vanguards  at  the  great  Jamboree  in 
Washington,  D.  C,  next  August.  An 
event  like  this  comes  but  once  in  the 
life  of  a  Scout. 

This  anniversary  should  also  be 
made  the  occasion  for  every  Vanguard 
to  recommit  himself  to  the  great  cause 
of  Scouting,  to  reaffirm  the  oath  and 
law  and  to  renew  his  determination  to 
live  according  to  the  Scout  code. 

Vanball  Finals 

T  7ANBALL  finals  were  being  planned 
to  be  held  in  Logan  January  25 
and  26  when  this  issue  of  the  Eta  went 
to  press.  The  March  issue  will  con- 
tain complete  information  and  the  pic- 
ture of  the  Church  champions. 


ARCHERY   ENTHUSIASTS 

Chief  Executive  Praises 
Vanguard  Program 

July  27,   1934. 
Dr.  George  Albert  Smith, 
47  East  South  Temple, 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 
Dear  Dr.  Smith: 

I  have  just  reviewed  the  two  publi- 
cations, "Scouting  in  the  L.  D.  S. 
Church"  and  "The  Log  of  the  Van- 
guard Trail"  and  I  am  so  much  im- 
pressed with  their  quality  that  I  want 
to  send  you  this  word  of  appreciation 
of  what  has  been  accomplished.  This 
makes  me  realize  anew  how  fortunate 
we  are  in  having  your  leadership  as  a 
member  of  our  Executive  Board. 

The  service  which  you  and  those 
associated  with  you  have  rendered  in 
developing  this  training  program  for 
young  men  is  outstanding.  In  fact, 
I  hope  we  can  make  use  of  the  pam- 
phlet on  the  L.  D.  S.  Church  as  a 
symbol  of  what  could  be  done  by  other 
denominations  in  helping  their  own 
leaders  to  make  the  Scout  Program 
more  effective  in  Scouting  and  in  pro- 
moting the  ideals  and  objectives  of  the 
Church  itself. 

I  have  shared  this  material  with  a 
number  of  my  staff  here  and  they,  too, 
are  enthusiastic  over  what  you  have 
accomplished. 

Sincerely  and  cordially  yours, 
BOY  SCOUTS  OF  AMERICA, 
(Signed)       JAMES  E.  WEST, 

Chief  Scout  Executive. 
JEW:  MR 
ESM 

Doing  Things  for  Other 
People 

In  studying  this  intensely  interest- 
ing program,  not  only  will  he  gain 
technical  knowledge,  but  he  will  form 
many  friendships  with  counselors  and 
examiners,  many  of  whom  are  already 
successful  business  men  in  these  estab- 


lished vocations.  Through  these  chan- 
nels he  will  quickly  learn  that  service 
to  mankind,  "doing  things  for  other 
people"  will  bring  him  the  greatest 
happiness,  and  that  through  his  chosen 
vocation  he  can  serve  the  world. 


Scouting  V ocational 

By  George  Bergstrom,  Scout  Executive, 
San  Fernando  Valley  Council,  B.  S.  A. 

(A  series  of  Vocational  talks  by  an 

outstanding  L.  D.  S.  Scout  Executive, 

published  especially  for  Vanguards) 

No.  1.    Foreword. 

■THE  finding  of  one's  life  work  is  of 
•*-  tremendous  interest  especially  to  the 
young  man  who  is  just  growing  up, 
and  attaining  his  manhood.  He  wants 
to  know  what  he  is  best  qualified  to 
do,  and  what  kind  of  a  vocation  will 
net  him  the  most  financial  gain,  what 
he  can  do  to  bring  him  the  most  hap- 
piness, what  equipment  he  may  have 
in  addition  to  eyes,  ears,  legs,  and 
hands.  He  is  continually  looking 
ahead,  endeavoring  to  prepare  himself 
for  the  life  to  come.  He  may  talk  it 
over  with  his  parents  and  other  people, 
or  he  may  ask  information  relative  to 
various  jobs  that  might  hold  possi- 
bilities. If  he  is  a  Scout  he  will  natur- 
ally turn  to  the  Merit  Badge  program, 
which  is  an  intensified  vocational  and 
avocational  program  embracing  more 
than  a  hundred  subjects. 

Citizenship,  a  vital  need 

More  than  three  million  boys  turn 
21  years  of  age  in  America  every  year. 
About  one-fourth  belong  to  our  Na- 
tional Organization  and  they  do  much 
to  leaven  the  lump. 

With  our  plan  now  in  operation  to 
hold  these  Scouts  four  years  (in  L.  D. 
S.  Troops  five  years)  it  will  mean  that 
one  of  every  four  male  citizens  will  be 
a  four  year  Scout-trained  man.  In- 
culcate into  their  lives  the  mfrit  badge 
program,  the  choice  of  a  hundred  vo- 
cational and  avocational  subjects,  and 
the  results  are  unlimited. 

In  all  subsequent  articles  in  this  series 
the  technical  information  will  be  of  a 
most  informative  nature  giving  a  true 
concept  and  insight  of  the  splendid  in- 
struction given  to  boys  in  Scout  Life. 

Scouting  is  vocational.  It  does  build 
citizens.  It  does  render  service  to 
mankind.  It  emphasizes  the  "Be 
Prepared"  and  the  "Daily  Good 
Turn." 


"Joy  in  Boy  Friends" 

Dear  Junior  Girls: 

TT  is  great  to  be  alive,  isn't  it?  And 
^  perhaps  one  of  the  things  that  makes 
it  so  is  that  quite  suddenly  boys  have 
become  to  us  something  other  than 
just  nuisances,  teases,  and  tomboys. 
Boys  and  their  friendship  are  most 
necessary  to  happiness.  We  know 
that.  It  is  strange  that  sometimes  girls 
get  all  confused  as  to  how  they  may 
gain  the  very  greatest  joy  from  their 
association  with  boys.  If  we  want  real 
happiness  in  friendship,  we  must  de- 
velop a  sort  of  comradely  spirit,  an 
attitude  which  brings  forth,  not  only 
our  best  qualities,  but  the  finest  char- 
acteristics in  the  boy  himself.  Happy 
is  the  girl  who  can  talk  easily  on  in- 
teresting subjects  during  an  evening's 
entertainment.  Boys  like  girls  who 
love  to  dance,  and  participate  in  sports 
and  outdoor  things.  But  did  you  know 
that  fellows  in  general  are  a  little  em- 
barrassed and  a  little  uneasy  when  girls 
seem  to  expect  that  they  wander  off 
in  couples  and  resort  to  some  of  the 
commoner  pastimes,  which  are  known 
as  petting  and  bundling?  So  many 
times  little  momentary  thrills  which 
are  probably  indiscreet  are  confused 
with  real  happiness.  A  girl  can  really 
test  herself  as  to  the  value  of  joy  in  a 
situation,  if  for  just  a  moment  before 
she  does  a  foolish  thing  she  will  ask 
herself  how  she  is  going  to  feel  about 
it  in  the  morning  or  when  she  meets 
the  boy  on  the  street  the  next  day. 
Real  joy  in  boy-friends  is  gathered  and 
gleaned  by  inviting  them  into  our 
homes,  preparing  suppers  for  them, 
planning  parties  in  a  crowd.  What 
fun  it  is  to  go  dancing  or  skiing  to- 
gether, and  then  round  up  at  one's 
home  afterwards  for  chili  and  hot 
chocolate.  Companionship  which  is 
based  on  clean  happy  fun  is  the  thing 
which  will  bring  the  greatest  joy  in 
boy  friends. 

Harriet  Page. 

"Joy  in  Harmonious 
Attitudes" 

T  ATTER-DAY  SAINTS  know  that 
life  is  worth  living  and  living  at  its 
best.  We  should  give  careful  thought  to 
our  outlook  on  life  because  of  the  fact 
that  our  own  lives  and  the  lives  of 
others  we  touch  are  affected  by  our  atti- 
tude. You  will  recall  how  Anna  Shan- 
non Monroe  in  her  opening  chapter  of 


"Singing  in  the  Rain,"  tells  of  an 
early  morning  in  Oregon  when  the  rain 
came  down  in  a  steady  gray  drizzle. 
She  says,  "I  did  not  like  it  and  hover- 
ing drearily  by  a  fire  said,  'This  rain 
interferes  with  everything,  with  golf, 
sunsets,  clothes,  drying  on  the  line.' 
Then  my  attention  was  arrested  by  a 
boy  who  brought  the  milk.  Early  in 
the  morning  he  came,  singing  like  some 
lark  telling  the  world  it  was  spring. 
He  interested  me.  I  ran  down  the  steps 
to  see  him.  'Fine  morning  to  be  out,' 
I  ventured,  wondering  about  his  mind. 
'You  betcher!'  he  came  back  out  of 
dropping  raindrops.  'Saw  a  fox  in 
the  canon — a  silver  fox!  If  I  kin 
ketch  'im,  I'll  tame  'iml*  " 

And  she  continues,  "The  little  boy 
who  sang  so  blithely  under  my  window 
was  not  singing  to  try  to  make  himself 
forget  the  rain.  He  had  already  for- 
gotten the  rain.  He  had  found  a 
silver  fox  in  the  canon.  Well,  to  one 
awake  to  life,  to  its  symbolism  as  well 
as  its  facts,  there  is  always  a  silver  fox 
in  the  canon." 

Most  of  our  joys  come  from  what  we 
often  hear  spoken  of  as  the  common 
things  of  life  but  which  are  really 
among  the  most  important  things — ■ 
good  health,  fresh  air  to  breathe,  pure 
water  to  drink  and  bathe  in,  a  brisk 
walk  in  sunshine  or  rain,  home  and 
loved  ones,  the  smile  and  greetings  of 
a  friend,  work  and  books.  There  are 
manifold  blessings  surrounding  us.  If 
our  eyes  are  open  and  our  hearts  are 
young  and  our  attitude  carefully  ad- 
justed we  can  easily  discover  them. 
Then,  too,  our  work,  no  matter  what 
it  may  be,  is  half  accomplished  when 
we  have  the  right  attitude  toward  it. 
O.  Henry  tells  us  that  "life  is  made  up 
of  sobs,  sniffles  and  smiles  with  sniffles 
predominating." 

No  Junior  Girl  would  appreciate 
being  classed  among  the  snirflers,  al- 
though snifflers  may  be  in  the  major- 
ity. Smiles  are  much  more  becoming 
to  a  Junior  Girl  and  to  any  other 
person  than  sobs  or  sniffles  and  are 
more  welcome  to  associates. 

Even  though  we  are  not  always  able 
ourselves  to  feel  the  radiance  and  ap- 


Perseverance 

By  GRACE  KAYE 

Perseverance    is    the    only   rainbow 
with  the  pot  of  gold  at  its  end. 


preciation  that  we  want  others  to  feel, 
we  can  at  least  put  on  an  outward 
semblance;  and  who  knows  but  that  the 
outward  semblance  may  radiate  back 
within  us  until  we,  too,  take  on  the 
feeling  of  joy  and  beauty. 

"The  world  gives  back  to  one  the 
reflection  of  his  own  face." 

Emily  Higgs. 

A  Nebo  Stake  Festival 

Reported  by  Catherine  Fotsom 

Juniors  Festival  Music  ale 

■"PHIS  entire  entertainment  was  carried 
7.  out  in  the  form  of  a  "Festive 
Musicale."  The  invitations  were  a 
sheet  of  music  in  a  music  roll;  (invi- 
tation words  being  created  to  the  music 
of  "Junior  Girls.")  The  programs 
were  in  the  form  of  a  lyre.  Large  black 
music  symbols  in  the  form  of  sharps, 
flats,  notes,  lyres,  and  cleff  signs,  were 
effective  in  decorating  the  hall.  In  one 
corner  of  the  room  was  placed  a  large 
music  staff,  which  was  done  in  black 
and  silver.  The  four  notes  on  this 
staff  were  cut  out  and  the  faces  of  a 
stake  board  quartet  were  seen  to  take 
their  places.  The  quartet,  from  this 
staff,  introduced  the  toasts.  Special 
words  were  written  to  the  music  of 
"Carry  On,"  and  this  was  used  in  mak- 
ing all  of  the  introductions.  Each 
toast  was  responded  to  in  song  carry- 
ing out  the  following  idea  of  music: 

Toasts:  Baton  (General  Board) ; 
tune,  "Little  Dutch  Mill."  Cleff  (Stake 
Priest)  ;  tune,  "Down  by  the  Old  Mill 
Stream."  Staff  (Stake  Board)  ;  tune, 
"The  Old  Spinning  Wheel."  Melody 
(Mothers) ;  tune,  "Song  of  Love." 
Half  Notes  (1st  year  Girls);  tune, 
"Sailing."  Whole  Notes  (2nd  year 
Girls)  ;  tune,  "Keep  Young  and  Beau- 
tiful." Measures  (Ward  Officers) ; 
tune,  "Red  Wing."  Verses  (Retold 
story  leaders) ;  tune,  "Honeymoon 
Hotel." 

The  table  entertainment  is  closed 
with  the  song  to  the  tune  "Day  is 
Done" — "Toasts  are  done,  song  is 
sung,  next  will  be,  you  will  see,  stunts 
of  fun.  So  now  folks,  please  come 
close — everyone."  After  the  stunts 
which  were  carried  out  to  the  song 
theme  of  the  respective  tables,  the 
following  song  was  sung  as  a  closing 
(by  all  Juniors)  :  Tune  "Goodnight 
Ladies,"  "Goodnight  Juniors,  We've 
had  a  night  of  fun.  We  will  meet 
again  next  year,  when  our  year's  work 

•  r  t* 

is  o  er. 


Bee-Hive  Girls  Greet 
The  Scouts 

A  S  Bee-Hive  Girls  we  are  happy  to 
"^  take  our  place  beside  our  friends 
the  Boy  Scouts.  We  are  proud  of  the 
achievements  of  Scouting  and  recognize 
the  fact  that  when  the  Boy  Scouts  do 
good  work  it  is  easier  for  us  also  to  do 
good  work.  Our  Church  program  for 
girls  parallels  to  a  great  extent  the 
Church  program  for  boys,  so  that  if 
these  two  organizations  can  cooperate, 
it  will  mean  greater  success  for  both. 

1935  marks  the  Twentieth  year  of 
the  Bee-Hive  Organization.  We  shall 
need  the  help  of  the  Scouts  in  making 
this  a  big  year.  Let's  join  hands  in  co- 
operative activities. 

Business 

•"PHIS  is  our  Twentieth  Bee-Hive  An- 
A    niversary.   Let  us  aim  to  have: 

Better  Bee-Hive  work, 

More  girls  completing  the  ranks, 

Outstanding  Swarm  Days, 

All  girls  in  uniform  (at  least  Band) 

Better  summer  work, 

And  to: 

Make  the  public  Bee-Hive  conscious, 

Secure  the  cooperation  of  parents, 
stake  and  ward  officers. 

Find  a  suitable  Bee-Hive  room  for 
every  Swarm. 

Begin  planning  now  that  these  ac- 
complishments may  be  realized. 

A  Correlated  Tuesday 
Evening  Program 
for  February 

a.  As  the  Bee-Hive  Girls  enter  their 
department  let  them  draw  out  of  a  box, 
the  parts  of  the  Flag  (American  or 
your  own  Nation) 

There  should  be  13  stripes,  (a  red  at 
top  and  bottom  of  flag)  a  blue  field, 
and  48  stars. 

Build,  by  adjusting  the  parts,  on 
the  wall,  table,  bench  or  chairs. 

b.  Take  the  Formations  and  sing 
one  or  two  of  the  following  songs,  or 
any  others  you  prefer: 

"I  Know  Three  Little  Sisters," 
"Columbia  the  Gem  of  the  Ocean," 
"There  are  Many  Flags  in  Many 
Lands." 

c.  Count  off  by  threes  and  divide 
swarm.  Ones  in  one  corner,  Twos  in 
another  and  Threes  in  a  third.  Have 
the  girls  select  a  leader  and  have  her 
come  to  you.  You  will  have  papers 
to  give  them  on  which  are  the  follow- 
ing assignments  for  them  to  work  out 
with  their  groups. 

GROUP  I:  How  should  the  Flag  be 


Bee  Keepers,  Attention 

rTJlE  May  issue  of  "The  Im- 
provement Era"  will  cele- 
brate the  20th  anniversary  of  the 
Bee-Hive  Organization.  For  that 
issue,  we  should  like  one  or  more 
stories  woven  around  Bee\Hive 
Girls  or  Bee-Hive  Activities.  Stor- 
ies, fiction,  should  not  exceed 
400  words.  Naturally  only  the 
best  will  be  selected. 

We  should  like  some  short 
talks  or  papers  Bee-Hive  Girls 
may  have  given  on  such  topics 
as,  "What  Bee-Hive  work  has 
Done  for  Me,"  "The  Joy  of  Being 
a  Bee-Hive  Girl."  Also  original 
songs  and  poems. 

We  should  like  pictures  of  Bee 
Keepers  who  have  served  five 
years  or  more  prior  to  1932, 
in  the  Bee-Hive  department,  and 
have  not  received  their  service 
pin.  Pictures  should  be  cabi- 
net size,  unmounted,  on  glossy 
black  and  white  paper  if  possible 
— also  a  short  sketch  of  their 
service. 

Send  Articles,  Pictures,  etc,  to 
General  Bee-Hive  Committee,  33 
Bishop's  Building,  Salt  Lake  City, 
Utah,  not  later  than  March  I. 

The    Address    Is    Important 


made?  Tell  of  its  stripes,  colors,  field, 
stars,  number,  arrangement,  etc.  Hand- 
book, p.  105  Dramatize  the  story — 
"Making  the  First  Flag." 

GROUP  II :  Give  fifteen  rules  for  dis- 
playing the  Flag.  Each  member  of 
the  group  might  give  one  or  several, 
according  to  the  number  present.  Dem- 
onstrate with  a  Flag.  Handbook,  p. 
107-8.  Explain: 
"And  there's  more  to  being  a  patriot 

Than  making  a  loud  hurrah." 

GROUP  III:  Write  ten  questions  on 
the  origin  of  the  "Star  Spangled  Ban- 
ner."   Handbook,  p.  109. 

When  the  entire  Swarm  reassembles, 
these  questions  are  to  be  asked  of  the 
entire  Swarm. 

d.  Reassembling  of  groups.  Each 
group  reports  before  Swarm  on  topics. 

e.  Have  Group  III  lead  in  the  game 
of  Carry  On. 

One  girl  gives  the  first  line  of  the 
"Star  Spangled  Banner,"  and  calls  the 
name  of  another  to  continue.  She  re- 
peats the  first  line  and  adds  the  second 
one,  calling  the  third  girl,  who  con- 
tinues by  repeating  the  two  lines  given 
and  adding  the  third.  This  continues 
until  the  last  girl  gives  the  entire  poem. 

f.  The  Swarm  joins  in  singing  "The 
Star  Spangled  Banner." 

If  the  work  is  satisfactory,  a  Seal 


may  be  awarded  each  girl  for  filling 
Foundation  Cell  No.  8  for  Builders. 

Gatherers  and  Guardians  may  adapt 
the  above  for  filling  their  Patriotic 
Cells. 

g.  Previously  select  girls  and  train 
them  well  to  give  the  Flag  Ceremony. 
Bee-Keepers  Handbook,  p.  175. 

h.  Have  the  entire  Swarm  give  the 
salute  and  pledge  to  the  Flag. 

i.   Sing  Taps. 

In  foreign  countries,  adapt  this  pro- 
gram, by  using  your  songs,  flags  and 
ceremonies. 

From  the  Field 

CISTER  ELIZABETH  H.  WEL- 
•  KER,  former  Bee-Keeper  of  Bear 
Lake  Stake,  who  with  her  husband  is 
presiding  over  the  German-Austrian 
Mission  writes  to  the  M.  I.  A.  office 
as  follows: 

"At  the  Berlin  Conference,  Saturday 
evening,  as  I  entered  the  door,  a  beau- 
tiful young  girl  stepped  up  and  pre- 
sented me  with  a  large  bouquet  of 
roses.  As  I  started  to  thank  her,  some- 
one started  to  sing  the  "Womanho 
Call"  and  I  looked  up  to  see  a  long 
line  of  Bee-Hive  Girls  on  one  side,  boys 
on  the  other,  the  entire  length  of  the 
hall,  all  the  girls  had  taken  the  Bee- 
Hive  salute  and  gave  the  Call,  and  I 
have  never  heard  it  sung  more  harmoni- 
ously. I  think  I  have  never  seen  a 
more  beautiful  greeting.  There  was 
an  audience  of  six  hundred  people 
present,  many  of  them  investigators, 
who  were  there  out  of  curiosity." 

O  Ship  of  State 

T'HOU,  too,  sail  on,  O  Ship  of  State! 
"*■    Sail  on,  O  Union,  strong  and  great! 
Humanity  with  all  its  fears, 
With  all  the  hopes  of  future  years, 
Is  hanging  breathless  on  thy  fate! 
We  know  what  Master  laid  the  keel, 
What  workmen  wrought  thy  ribs  of 

steel, 
Who  made  each  mast,  and  sail  and  rope, 
What  anvils  rang,  what  hammers  beat, 
In  what  a  forge  and  what  a  heat 
Were  shaped  the  anchors  of  thy  hope! 
Fear  not  each  sudden  sound  and  shock, 
'Tis  of  the  wave  and  not  the  rock! 
'Tis  but  the  flapping  of  the  sail, 
And  not  a  rent  made  by  the  gale! 
In  spite  of  rock  and  tempest's  roar, 
In  spite  of  false  lights  on  the  shore, 
Sail  on,  nor  fear  to  breast  the  sea! 
Our  hearts,  our  hopes,  are  all  with  thee, 
Our  hearts,  our  hopes,  our  prayers,  our 

tears, 
Our  faith  triumphant  o'er  our  fears, 
Are  all  with  thee,  are  all  with  thee. 

— Henry  Wadswocth  Longfellow. 


18 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


The  Hike  of 
Inspiration 

{Continued  from  page  93) 

}§► •< 

hike,  they  are  started  out,  indi- 
vidually, at  one  hour  intervals. 
Visiting  troups  necessarily  must 
speed  up  this  schedule  to  thirty  or 
even  fifteen  minute  intervals.  On 
May  7,  '33,  in  order  to  get  all 
110  onto  the  trail,  starting  at  4:30 
a.  m.  we  had  to  let  them  go  every 
five  minutes!  If  one  boy  passes  an- 
other on  the  road,  they  may  visit 
a  minute;  however,  to  continue  the 
trip,  one  must  give  the  other  a  head 
start  of  several  minutes.  While  the 
average  boy  makes  the  hike  in  six 
hours,  the  time  element  is  never 
stressed.  The  walk  is  intended  for 
meditation  upon  the  great  examples 
set  by  the  beloved  Emancipator. 

AT  the  end  of  his  first  8^  miles, 
the  Scout  arrives  at  the  country 
store  at  Salisbury  where  he  must 
register  and  where  it  is  his  pleasure 
to  meet  motherly  Mrs.  C.  A.  Cole- 
man whom  all  Scouts  who  make 
the  hike  recognize  as  "The  Angel 
of  the  Trail."  Gladly,  she  signs 
the  credential  sheets  and  then,  un- 
assumingly and  with  a  twinkle  in 
her  merry  eyes,  she  says,  "Wait  a 
minute,  son."  She  disappears  into 
her  immaculate  farm  house  kitchen; 
an  old  fashioned  pump  wheezes, 
and  back  she  comes  with  a  tempting 
drink  of  cold,  sparkling  well  water 
and  a  huge  sandwich!  She  takes 
kindly  to  the  poet's  advice;  "Let 
me  live  by  the  side  of  the  road  and 
be  a  friend  to  Scouts!"  Over  1 200 
boys  from  ninety-two  cities  of  eight 
states  have  learned  to  call  her 
blessed! 

Refreshed  in  body  and  soul,  the 
Scout  pushes  forward  another  seven 
miles  to  Bradfordton  where  he  reg- 
isters at  the  general  store  of  S.  H. 
Williams.  From  there  on  into 
Springfield  is  a  matter  of  4^  miles. 
Here  he  registers  with  a  filling  sta- 
tion attendant  at  the  first  inter- 
section of  boulevards.  From  thence 
two  miles  up  town  to  headquarters 
to  turn  in  his  credential  slip.  In 
order  to  qualify  for  the  medal,  he 
certifies  on  Scout's  honor  that  he 
walked  all  the  way  (Did  not  suc- 
crumb  to  invitations  for  a  lift  from 
passers-by.)  and  that  at  all  times 
the  actual  walking  was  unaccom- 
panied.   If  the  credential  passes  in- 


spection by  Mr.  John  Snigg,  Chair- 
man of  the  Lincoln  Trail  Medal 
Contest  and  he  is  a  local  Scout,  he 
is  awarded  his  medal  at  the  next 
Court  of  Honor.  Medals  for  out 
of  town  Scouts  are  mailed  to  their 
commissioners  or  masters. 

The  front  of  this  medal  is  en- 
graved with  a  Lincoln  head,  his 
name  and  the  dates  1809-1865. 
The  other  side:  "Scout  A.  Ben- 
nett walked  in  Lincoln's  step  1 1-6- 
26."  The  boy's  own  name  and 
the  date  of  his  own  hike  are  so  in- 
scribed, of  course.  This  happens 
to  be  the  inscription  on  the  first 
medal  to  be  awarded  any  Scout. 

Medals  are  issued  free  to  local 
Scouts,  and,  until  recently,  were 
so  presented  to  out  of  town  Scouts. 
But  after  the  first  1,000  we  found, 
having  spent  $800,  we  could  do 
this  no  longer.  Now  all  out  of 
town  hikers  and  visiting  troops 
must  pay  75c  each  to  cover  expense 
of  medal  and  engraving  until  such 
time  as  when  an  endowment  can  be 
provided  for  the  project.  It  is  my 
personal  ambition  to  speed  that  day 
via  a  scheme  that  is  now  under 
way.  On  March  4,  1933,  which 
you  immediately  recognize  as  in- 
augural day,  we  had  postmarked 
in  Washington  D.  C.  many  air 
mail  covers.  Now  we  are  having 
these  autographed  by  foremost 
American  citizens.  These  will  be 
placed   on   auction   and   otherwise 


EARLY  DECEMBER  SNOW 

Photo  by  Eva  Hogan 


offered  for  sale.  Collectors  have 
already  expressed  enthusiasm.  To 
date  we  have  the  signatures  of 
President  Roosevelt,  Vice-President 
Garner,  all  the  cabinet  and  Supreme 
Court  members,  Commander  Byrd, 
Alfred  E.  Smith,  Amelia  Earhart, 
Ida  Tarbell,  the  governors  of 
thirty-two  states  and  Dan  Beard, 
beloved  of  all  Scouts,  who  signed 
his  covers:  "Dan  Beard,  the 
man  who  knew  A.  Lincoln  in 
his  life."  The  A.  Lincoln  is  a  rub- 
ber stamp  facsimile  of  an  original 
signature.  Many  others  have  been 
solicited  and  will  put  in  their  ap- 
pearance soon. 

(~\F  the  1 200  and  more  boys  who 
have  started  on  this  pilgrimage 
only  three  have  failed  to  complete 
it.  One,  a  Chicago  boy,  sprained 
his  ankle,  but  later,  bless  his 
plucky,  game  little  heart,  returned 
and  made  the  grade  on  his  second 
attempt.  The  other  two  were  the 
victims  of  weather  elements  which 
broke  loose  in  such  fury  that  aban- 
donment of  the  trail  was  the  only 
human  thing  to  do!  Both  will  try 
again  on  a  fairer  day. 

Last  year,  one  energetic  young 
fellow,  who  was  discouraged  by 
his  mother  because  she  thought  her 
little  man  wasn't  husky  enough  to 
walk  such  a  distance,  hiked  all  the 
way  to  Salem  from  Springfield, 
then  called  her  on  the  long  distance 
telephone  to  ask:  "Now,  Mother 
dear,  may  I  walk  the  Boy  Scout 
Lincoln  Trail?" 

It  is  always  advisable  to  carry 
a  canteen  of  water  and  an  extra  pair 
of  socks,  a  little  piece  of  adhesive, 
perhaps.  Sometimes  blisters  will 
raise  their  ugly  heads  on  tender  feet 
(not  intended  for  a  pun!)  and  a 
fresh  pair  of  hose  helps  a  lot.  Be 
Prepared ! 

There  is  no  danger  of  strangers 
to  this  part  of  the  country  becom- 
ing lost  as  the  way  is  well  marked. 
By  the  frequent  registering  along 
the  way,  which  calls  for  a  recording 
of  the  time  as  well  as  the  name, 
headquarters  can  locate  any  boy  on 
the  trail  in  just  a  few  minutes, 
should  the  occasion  for  a  connec- 
tion arise. 

Visiting  troops  are  always  wel- 
come, at  any  time  of  the  year, 
though  perhaps  the  dead  of  winter 
is  not  so  enticing  as  the  other  sea- 
sons, and  invited  to  share  local 
headquarters  while  in  Lincoln's 
home  town.  What  better  way  to 
spend  a  week  end,  boys? 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY 


9  3  5 


119 


When  Winter 
Comes  to  Canada 


(Continued  from  page  95) 


)B* 4. 

the  summit  from  which  a  mag- 
nificent view  of  the  ice-bound  St. 
Lawrence  and  the  village-dotted 
country  beyond  is  to  be  obtained. 
The  less  energetic,  buried  under  fur 
robes,  wind  slowly  up  the  moun- 
tain paths  in  the  little  horse-drawn 
sleighs  which  are  the  only  vehicles 
permitted  on  the  mountain. 

gEYOND  Montreal  lies  the  fa- 
mous   Laurentian    Mountains 
area    which    is    a    huge    sports 
ground  summer  and  winter 
It  is  the  bourne  at  the 
week-ends       o  f 
many 


There  are  thousands  who  at  the 
mention  of  winter  sports  think  of 
quaint  old  Quebec  City.  Here 
certainly  winter  diversion  is  put  up 
in  its  most  concentrated  and  delec- 
table form.  While  in  Montreal, 
and  a  host  of  other  Canadian  cen- 
ters of  which  it  is  typical,  the 
visitor  merely  gets  out  and  shares 
with  Canadians  the  sports  which 
feature  their  daily  life  Quebec  has 
specially  catered  to  the  stranger  by 
confining  within  narrow  compass 
facilities  for  all  manner  of 
winter  recreation.  ^  ; 

Dufferin  Terrace  ##^ll 

in    the    sum-  *rt^ 

mertime, 


ing  its  human  freight  the  length 
of  the  terrace,  is  the  toboggan  slide 
which  is  so  popular  it  operates  al- 
most ceaselessly  day  and  night.  On 
the  terrace  itself  the  races  of  the 
snow-shoe  clubs  take  place  and  the 
frolics  of  these  old  organizations, 
whose  founding  goes  back  far  in 
Canadian  history,  as  they  initiate 
new  members  by  tossing  them  in 
blankets  after  ancient  traditions. 
All  day  long  dog-teams  take  parties 
by  sled  over  the 
Heights  of  Abra- 
ham and  other  in- 
teresting parts  of 
the  one-time 
m  capital  of 
I  French  Can- 
I  ada.  The 
more  intre- 
pid can  bob- 
sled down 
from  the 
heights 
into  the 


Mon- 
trealers 
and  their 
guests  in 
search    of 
further 
winter 
sports  thrills 
and    a    more 
expansive  and 
less      restricted 
area  in  which  to 
disport.  The  ter- 
ritory  consists    of 
innumerable     low 
hills   which   would  seem   to  have 
been   almost   specially   created   for 
winter  sports.     There  is  no  more 
thrilling    or    exciting    skiing,    or 
breath-arresting  bob-sledding  than 
on  the  hundreds  of  slopes  accessible 
from  any  of  the  Laurentian  centers. 
The   numerous   clubs   and   resorts 
of  the  Laurentians  have  countless 
parties  of  young  men  and  women 
at  the  week-ends  whose  very  evi- 
dent keen  enjoyment  is  the  most 
conclusive  proof  that  winter's  ter- 
ror can  be  banished  and  his  wea- 
pons turned  into   instruments  of 
pleasure. 


with    hap- 
py      crowds 
promenading  it  to  the 
music  of  the  military  band, 
while  over  it  looms  the  mediaeval 
castle    of    the    Chateau    Frontenac 
and  from  the  St.  Lawrence  below 
cool  breezes  are  wafted,  is  one  of 
the  gayest  places  on  the  continent. 
It   is   no   less   attractive   or   light- 
hearted  when  carpeted  with  snow 
and  the  scene  of  the  most  diversi- 
fied hibernal  frolicing  within  the 
narrow     radius    of    the     Chateau 
Frontenac  is  possible  every  manner 
of  winter  sport  at  its  best. 

Almost  at  its  door  is  the  open- 
air  skating  rink.  Just  beyond  that 
looms  a  convenient  hill  for  skiing 
with  an  attendant  Norwegian  in- 
structor, and  at  its  crest  is  the  ski- 
jump.    Down  the  side  of  it,  shoot- 


bOB-SLEDDING   IN  THE 
LAURENTIAN    MOUNTAINS 


town  of  the  old  world  city. 
It  is  a  veritable  microcosm  of 
winter  pleasure. 

Glancing  over  a  map  of  Canada 
one  is  able  to  touch  at  a  score  of 
points  where  there  is  similar  intense 
activity  and  people  are  extracting 
the  utmost  pleasure  and  enjoyment 
from  what  might  be  a  very  unpleas- 
ant season.  Instead  make  a  jump 
across  Ontario,  the  Prairies,  and 
into  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  Banff 
to  glimpse  the  diversion  there 
which  is  similarly  put  up  in  highly 
concentrated  form  for  the  benefit 
of  those  who  have  time  to  merely 
sample  the  various  means  of  ex- 
tracting pleasure  from  winter  and 
then  go  back  to  other,  more  clement 
climes. 


"DANFF  in  summer  is  one  of  the 

most    popular    places    on    the 

continent.     With  the  departure  of 

summer's    vacationing    throngs    it 


20 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY 


9  3  5 


slumbers  and  merely  comes  to  life 
for  a  single  week  in  the  winter  to 
stage  its  carnival  of  sport.  The 
new  visitor  finds  that  the  magic 
wand  of  winter  has  similarly 
wrought  a  lovely  transformation 
there.  The  snowcaps  upon  the 
mountains  which  form  a  setting 
for  the  little  burg  have  stretched 
out  to  become  complete  mantles. 
The  tree-lined  streets  are  avenues 
of  glistening,  icy  beauty.  An  ice 
palace  has  been  erected  in  the  heart 
of  the  village. 

Banff  during  carnival  week  fea- 
tures winter  at  its  loveliest  and 
most  enjoyable.  Every  possible 
manner  in  which  the  wintry  ele- 
ments can  be  twisted  to  human  di- 
version has  been  accomplished.  The 
mountain  slopes  form  nature's  own 
toboggan  slide.  Skiers  glide  down 
the  lower  reaches  or  through  the 
woods.  The  traffic-free  streets  are 
given  over  to  skijorers,  who  shoot 
along  behind  mountain  ponies  or 
automobiles.  There  are  open-air 
skating  rinks  which  feature  all 
kinds  of  fancy  skating,  hockey 
games,  and  tennis  is  even  played 
on  the  ice.  There  are  mocassin, 
snow-shoe  and  ski  races  and  ski- 
jumping  competitions.    Dog  teams 


take  excursionists  into  the  less  acces- 
sible and  lovelier  recesses  of  the 
mountains.  At  night  the  ice  palace 
is  lighted  up  and  a  torch  light  pro- 
cession wends  its  way  through  the 
town  to  it.  For  the  space  of  the 
Carnival  Banff  has  only  one 
thought — to  extract  the  utmost  in 
healthy,  outdoor  sport  from  the 
winter.  Then  it  slumbers  until 
summer  visitors  return. 

Those  inclined  to  deplore  the 
Canadian  winter  fail  to  recognize 
its  many  advantages.  Just  as  it  is 
the  Canadian  climate  which  is  re- 
sponsible for  the  production  of  the 
world's  most  desirable  wheat  so  the 
same  elements  are  conducive  to  the 
development  of  a  robust  and  vig- 
orous young  manhood  and  wom- 
anhood. For  those  who  would  get 
out  of  doors  the  Canadian  winter 
does  not  permit  inertia,  and  outdoor 
activity  has  taken  the  form  of  most 
diverting  and  diversified  sports. 
That  is  why  the  first  frosts  and  the 
first  light  blankets  of  snow  are  not 
dreaded  but  are  taken  rather  as 
heralding  the  opening  of  a  new 
sportive  season.  Youth  from  one 
end  of  the  country  to  the  other  gets 
out  its  skates,  skis,  and  toboggans, 
and  envies  no  one. 


This  ADVERTISING 
IS  SENDING  YOU 
CUSTOMERS  .  .  . 

TDOYAL  DESSERTS  are  the  fastest  selling 
•*■  •■  desserts  on  the  market.  Women  are  turn- 
ing to  them  by  the  thousands.  They  have 
learned  from  Royal  Desserts  advertising  how  to 
tell  quality  in  gelatin  and  they  know  Royal  is 
superior. 

This  advertising  comprising 

(1)  Radio — over  50  stations,  with  Mary 
Pickford  as  star,  reaching  millions  every 
week. 

(2)  Magazines — with  a  circlation  of  over 
11,000,000. 

(3)  Newspaper  Comics,  in  27  leading  papers, 
featuring  Jimmy  Durante — 

forms  a  powerful  campaign  that  is  constantly 
sending  your  customers  for  Royal. 
Get  behind  this  advertising  and 
cash  in  on  it. 


ROYAL 
DESSERTS 

Products  of 
STANDARD  BRANDS  OF  CALIFORNIA 


I|0YAL 

*"«»  SeUinq      _ 
GELATIN  DESSERT    f'\ 


MARY  ROBERTS  WARN0CK 

The  Cover 

THE  Cover  this  month  was  con- 
tributed by  Mary  Roberts  War- 
nock,  of  Salt  Lake  City.  A  number 
of  others  were  turned  in,  but  our 
artists  liked  this  one  best.  It  was 
made  partly  by  pasting  and  partly 
by  drawing.  The  heart  was  a  red 
piece  of  paper;  the  muff,  cotton; 
the  skirt,  real  lace;  the  edge  of  the 
heart,  real  paper  embroidery.  We 
hope  our  readers,  and  especially  Mrs. 
Warnock,  will  like  the  manner  in 
which   the   engraver  has  treated   it. 

We  ran  a  valentine  idea  last  year 
— some  liked  it,  some  did  not — for 
those  who  did,  we  are  trying  an- 
other. 

We  are  not  asking  for  any  more 
cover  ideas  just  now,  as  our  needs 
for  the  next  few  months  have  been 
taken  care  of. — The  Editors. 

"Will  it  be  enough  to  mention 
that  I  am  the  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  W.  D.  Roberts?  Most 
of  my  life  has  been  spent  in  one 
hotel  or  another.  Mother  was  too 
busy  to  supervise  my  use  of  leisure 
time,  so  I  spent  most  of  it  coloring 
the   illustrations   in   the   Oz   books. 

"When  I  went  to  the  L.  D.  S. 
High  School,  I  managed  to  study 
drawing  for  two  years  with  Prof. 
A.  B.  Wright,  who  taught  me  how 
very  much  I  didn't  know  about  art. 
Then  came  four  years  at  the  U.  of 
U.  There  my  instructors  were  Miss 
Mabel  Eraser  and  J.  T.  Harwood. 
During  two  of  those  summers  I 
went  up  to  the  Alpine  Summer 
School  of  the  B.  Y.  U. 

"After  graduation  from  the  U.  I 
spent  a  summer  at  the  Otis  Art 
Institute,  in  Los  Angeles,  and  an- 
other summer  at  the  School  of  Fine 
Arts  in  San  Francisco.  Two  years 
later  I  returned  to  the  Utah  Uni- 
versity for  a  year  of  post-graduate 
study  in  the  various  phases  of  draw- 
ing and  painting. 

"I  have  taught  Art  in  the  city 
schools  for  three  years.  My  last 
position  was  at  Jackson  Junior 
High.  I  would,  perhaps,  still  be 
teaching  there  but  something  much 
nicer  happened — /  was  married. 
You  have  given  me  my  first  chance 
to  do  a  magazine  cover  and  it  is  a 
thrill! 

"That  is  probably  more  than 
enough  about  me." 

— Mary  Roberts  Warnock. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,      1935 


12 


By 

MRS.  IDA 
POWELL 
BROWN 


THE  HAND-ME-DOWN  DOG 

T  GUESS  you  couldn't  really  call  him  my  dog. 

We  didn't  have  no  papers  I  could  sign, 
But  anyway,  I  paid  Bill  a  half  a  dollar 

Fer  jist  the  right  to  say  that  he  was  mine. 
You  see,  I've  wanted  Tim  since  he  was  little. 

He  was  so  round,  an'  brown,  an'  cute,  but  gee, 
The  day  Bill  brought  him  home  he  says,  "Now  listen, 

This  dog  belongs  to  no  one  else  but  me." 

And  then  he  taught  Tim  tricks,  and  took  him  trailin'. 

They'd  climb  up  to  the  top  of  Camel's  hill. 
They  never  seemed  to  want  me  to  be  with  'em. 

Tim  wouldn't  go  with  nobody  but  Bill. 
But  now  Bill's  seventeen  he's  kinda  changing. 

He  never  wants  to  take  Tim  chasin'  squirrels. 
He  shaves,  and  combs  his  hair  without  mom  makes  him. 

He  don't  have  time  fer  anything  but  girls. 

Tim  jist  can't  understand  why  Bill  acts  differ'nt. 

The  way  he  howled  at  first,  it  worried  me. 
That's  why  I  sorta  had  to  take  him  over, 

So  he'd  git  treated  like  he  used  to  be. 
I  started  bringin'  bones  home  from  the  butchers, 

An'  takin'  him  on  hikes  fer  exercise. 
But  he  kept  missin'  Bill,  he'd  whine  so  funny, 

And  look  so  mournful  at  me  with  his  eyes. 

Well,  Sunday  night  when  Bill's  girl  threw  him  over, 

Of  course  he  come  a  whistlin'  back  to  Tim. 
That  dog  jumped  up  and  sniffed  at  both  our  trousers, 

And  wouldn't  have  a  thing  to  do  with  him. 
Right  there's  where  I  fished  out  the  money; 

Of  course  Tim  come  to  me  that  time,  but  still 
He  knew  his  supper  meat  was  in  my  pocket. 

Fer  once,  I  had  a  better  smell  than  Bill. 


Changeable 
Weather 

Calls  for  Climate- 
controlled  gasoline 

Pep  88  is  pre-adjusted  for  the 
early  spring  season.  It  starts 
quicker  these  cold  mornings 
.  .  .  yet  has  the  power  ele- 
ments that  give  economical 
speed  on  warm  days.  It  con- 
tains tetraethyl  lead  for  high- 
est anti-knock  performance 
...  at  price  of  regular  gaso- 
line. 

Look  for  this  sign  .  .   . 


Utah  Oil  Refining  Co. 

400  Service  Stations 
and  Dealers  in  Utah  and  Idaho 


EARN  EXPERT'S   PAY 

Advancements  in  money  and  posi- 
tion come  easier  to  those  who  enter 
business  competently  PREPARED.  No 
doubt  exists  regarding  ability  to  earn 
premium  salaries.  Our  graduates  merit 
employers'  confidence  from  the  start. 

New  classes  start  each  week  in 
both  Day  and  Night  School.  Prepare 
NOW  for  a  good  position.  Our  calls 
for  office  help  last  year  were  nearly 
double  the  number  received  in  1933 
and  more  than  double  the  number- 
received  in  1932,  showing  the  substan- 
tial improvement  in  business  condi- 
tions. Visit  our  school  and  see  the  ex- 
cellent class  of  students  attending. 
The  school  has  been  completely  redeco- 
rated, new  class  rooms  and  equipment 
added  and  new  hardwood  floors  laid, 
making  HENAGER'S  one  of  the  most 
up-to-date  and  modern  schools  in  the 
country.  Call,  write  or  'phone  to  HBN- 
AGER  BUSINESS  COLLEGE,  45  E. 
Broadway,  Was.  2753,  for  catalog  and 
full  information  regarding  courses,  etc. 
Tt  pays  to  get  the  best  in  commercial 
training.     Mention   "Era"   in   writing. 


22 


THE  "I  MPROVEM  ENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


In  22  Years 
L.  D.  S.  Scouting 
Encircles  Globe 

(Continued  from  page  78) 

& 4 

tween  Aaronic  Priesthood  chairmen 
and  supervisors  and  Scout  leaders  in 
the  M.  I.  A.  many  of  the  wards  of 
the  Church  have  succeeded  in  regis- 
tering every  available  boy  and 
young  man  in  the  ward  in  Scout- 
ing. f      i      i 

The  Origin  of  Scouting 

TN  1899  an  uprising  occurred 
among  the  British  Colonies  in 
South  Africa.  To  head  the  British 
Forces  in  subduing  the  insurrection, 
the  British  Government  selected 
Lieutenant-General  Robert  S.  S. 
Baden-Powell.  His  headquarters 
were  established  at  Mafeking. 

"During  the  progress  of  the  cam- 
paign, General  Powell  observed  a 
rather  unique  organization  of  boys. 
Lord  Edward  Cecil  had  organized 
the  boys  of  the  neighborhood  into 
an  official  messenger  service.  These 
boys  were  trained  to  carry  com- 
munications and  in  other  ways 
serve  their  country  in  non-military 
duties.  General  Powell  was  im- 
pressed with  the  effectiveness  of  this 
unusual  boy-organization.  During 
the  same  campaign  he  observed  an- 
other situation  which  had  a  direct 
bearing  later  on  in  the  organization 
of  Scouting  in  Great  Britain.  He 
observed  that  while  the  soldiers 
were  in  action,  at  drill,  at  mess  and 
otherwise  definitely  engaged  at  a 
given  task  they  presented  no  prob- 
lems in  discipline  or  control.  When 
they  were  off  duty  however,  with 
unoccupied  leisure  time  on  their 
hands,  they  became  a  serious  prob- 
lem to  the  officers.     General  Powell 


returned  to  England  in  1902  and 
after  giving  careful  thought  to  his 
experiences  in  South  Africa  finally 
brought  together  the  first  organiza- 
tion of  Boy  Scouts,  ever  to  be 
formed  in  the  world,  late  in  1907. 
In  1908  the  Boy  Scouts  of  Eng- 
land were  officially  organized  and 
in  1910  they  were  granted  a  Royal 
Charter.  The  plan  was  to  have  the 
boys  organized  as  a  "non-military 
public  service  body."  Apparently 
the  purpose  in  General  Powell's 
mind  originally  was  to  have  the 
boys  available  for  service  to  the 
Nation  in  a  non-military  way  in 
times  of  peace  as  well  as  in  times 
of  war.  As  the  program  developed, 
however,  it  quickly  became  a  citi- 
zenship training  and  character- 
building  movement  designed  to  fill 
the  leisure  time  of  its  members 
with  interesting,  constructive  and 
worthwhile  activities. 

"To  General  Powell  belongs  the 
credit  of  originating  the  Boy  Scout 
movement  as  we  have  it  today,  and 
he  is  very  properly  called  the 
"Father  of  Scouting." 

"In  the  meantime,  while  Gen- 
eral Powell  was  in  Africa  having 
his  experiences,  Daniel  Carter  Beard 
organized  the  "Sons  of  Daniel 
Boon"  in  America  for  the  purpose 
of  interesting  boys  in  nature  study 
and  outdoor  activities.  In  1902 
Earnest  Thompson  Seton,  organ- 
ized the  "Wood-craft  Indians," 
with  similar  purposes  in  view. 
These  were  later  merged  with  the 
Boy  Scouts  of  America.  Other 
Boy-movements  were  developed  in- 
dependently at  different  times,  but 
the  Boy  Scouts  of  England  were 
the  first  to  crystallize  the  idea,  now 
known  as  Scouting.  Since  the  first 
organization,  Scouting  has  spread 
and  is  now  being  carried  on  in 
practically  every  civilized  country 
in  the  world." 


BE  INDEPENDENT 

No  Other  Vocation  So  Profitable  I 

ENROLL  NOW 

For  a  Complete  Course  at  the 

Quish  School  of  Beauty  Culture 

The  Best  in  the  West 

304-9  Ezra  Thompson  Bldg. 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 

For    Further    Information 

and    Catalog;    Call 
Wasatch  7560  o* 
Fill  in  This 
Coupon 


100%  SCOUT-VANGUARD  TROOP,   HYDE  PARK  WARD,  CACHE  VALLEY,   UTAH 


K3vg3K=3¥S= 


rin 


is  just 
around 
{he 
corner- 

and  remember  that  we 
are  equipped  to  handle 
your  printing  and 
binding  needs  eco- 
nomically and  well. 


s*s 


SJh? 


I 


MUSIC  PRINTERS 

PRINTERS— BINDERS 

RULERS 

29    Richards   Street 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


23 


Capitalizing  On  the 
Urge  to  Do 
Something 

(Continued  from  page  91) 

> -4 

going  about  their  business.  There 
was  no  need  for  discipline;  every 
lad  was  so  intent  on  his  own  prob- 
lem, on  what  he  was  making,  that 
he  forgot  to  be  noisy  or  trouble- 
some. I  visited  the  carpentry  shop 
under  Mr.  Kienke,  and  there  were 
boys  scurrying  about  in  orderly 
procedure  or  waiting  their  turn  at 
the  electric  saw  or  plane  or  lathe. 

Then  we  went  into  another 
room,  where  model  airplanes  were 
being  built.  This  class,  composed 
mostly  of  14  and  15  year  old  boys, 
was  a  feature  of  the  course.  Robert 
T.  Snow,  a  lad  of  14  when  the 
course  started  and  whose  fifteenth 
birthday  occurred  just  the  other 
day,  was  instructor.  His  older 
brother  and  another  young  man 
were  his  assistants. 

Here  were  spread  out  every  part 
of  a  model  airplane.  From  the 
tiny  threads,  the  glue  (exactly  the 
same  big  airplanes  use) ,  ordinary 
pins,  tools,  and  the  light  strips  and 
planks  of  balsa  wood,  to  the  skele- 
tons and  completed  ships — all  were 
there.  New  models  were  being 
tried  out,  new  methods  of  increas- 
ing the  time  of  a  model's  flight,  of 
decreasing  air  resistance,  were  tried. 
It  was  a  laboratory  to  delight  any 
air-minded  boy's  heart. 

AS  a  special  feature,  the  last  three 
days  of  the  course  were  desig- 
nated "Parents'  days,"  and  parents 
of  the  shop  students  were  invited 
to  see  the  display  of  completed  ar- 
ticles in  the  gymnasium. 

In  addition  to  this  exhibit, 
highly  praised  by  parents  of  the 
boys  who  had  enjoyed  this  profit- 
able "vacation"  by  making  some- 
thing useful,  the  boys  who  had 
spent  their  time  building  planes  had 
a  real  treat.  On  the  Saturday  fol- 
lowing the  exhibition  they  visited 
the  Salt  Lake  Airport,  where  they 
inspected  the  real  planes  of  com- 
merce and  at  reduced  fares,  those 
who  so  desired,  were  taken  up  in 
the  planes  to  feel  and  see  how  they 
worked. 

Students  who  took  the  course 
were  enthusiastic  about  it,  especial- 
ly those  who  participated  in  the 
airplane   building.      "This   is   the 


first  time  I  have  had  anything  spe- 
cial to  do  during  a  summer  vaca- 
tion," said  one.  "I  have  had  such 
fun  learning  to  make  model  air- 
planes that  I  never  want  to  be  idle 
during  another  summer."  An- 
other lad  reported:  "Mother  is 
just  as  happy  as  I  am  about  the  six 
weeks  I  have  spent  in  the  Deseret 
Gym  class  in  model  airplane  build- 
ing. She  says  she  hasn't  had  to 
worry  about  where  I  was.  The 
last  day  when  our  instructor  took 
the  class  to  the  airport,  Mother 
went  along,  and  we  both  had  our 
first  flight  in  a  real  plane.  We  shall 
never  forget  it." 

Once  Sonny  gets  interested,  Dad 
may  take  a  hand,  as  in  this  in- 
stance: "Now  that  I  have  learned 
to  make  model  airplanes,  my  Dad 
has  fixed  up  a  little  shop  at  home 
and  I  am  going  to  keep  on  until  I 
can  build  a  real  plane.  Dad  visited 
our  class  many  times  and  is  as 
much  interested  in  my  work  as  I 
am."  A  real  Dad,  George  R. 
Smith,  tells  his  version  of  the 
course:  "My  son  had  the  time  of 
his  life  in  the  Gym  Summer  School 
class.  He  is  now  fitting  up  a  shop 
of  his  own  and  getting  a  group  of 
boys  around  him  who  did  not  at- 
tend the  class,  and  he  is  going  to 
teach  them  to  make  model  air- 
planes. He  is  certainly  enthusiastic 
about  it."  And,  we  might  add, 
so  is  his  father! 

QNE  of  the  younger  boys  in  the 
class  says  "This  was  my  first 
experience  in  handling  tools.  I 
now  want  a  shop  of  my  own,  and 
hope,  some  day,  to  get  a  job  work- 
ing in  a  real  airplane  shop."  This 
is  really  encouraging,  when  we 
realize  that  our  future  citizens  will 
need  air  mechanics  and  balloon 
service  stations.  Carrying  this 
thought  further,  another  parent 
says:  "We  were  glad  to  have  our 
son  go  to  the  Gym  Summer  School 
to  keep  him  out  of  mischief.  Now 
that  he  has  had  such  a  good  time 
and  learned  so  much  about  the 
technique  of  airplane  construction 
and  flight,  we  believe  he  may  have 
found  his  vocation  for  life." 

What  one  community  has  done, 
or  a  group  in  one  community  has 
pioneered,  others  can  accomplish. 
As  the  youngest  of  the  instructors 
in  the  school,  I  asked  Robert  for 
his  report.     Here  it  is: 

"I  surely  enjoyed  work  with  the 
boys  in  the  Deseret  Gym  Summer 
School.      There    were    nearly    50 


boys  in  my  three  classes  in  Model 
Airplane  Construction.  They 
were  all  fine  boys,  and  they  were 
all  intensely  interested  in  their 
work;  so  much  so,  in  fact,  that  I 
had  no  worry  about  their  conduct. 

"Part  of  the  time  was  spent  in 
the  shop,  part  on  the  campus  test- 
ing and  flying  the  models.  The 
boys  enjoyed  visiting  the  shops  and 
hangars  at  the  city  airport  and  fly- 
ing in  the  passenger  planes.  My 
purpose  was  two-fold:  Having 
them  really  enjoy  their  six  weeks 
of  shop  work  and  to  learn  some- 
thing useful — the  handling  of  tools 
and  something  of  the  real  tech- 
nique of  airplane  construction  as 
well  as  the  real  principles  of  flight. 

j(t  s):  5)t  sfc  ♦ 

T  JPON  completion  of  the  airplane 
course,  Robert  went  to  Fish 
Lake  for  a  vacation.  He  had  built 
a  Gordon  light  hydroplane,  pow- 
ered by  a  strong  rubber  band,  for 
the  event.  Upon  his  arrival  there, 
he  found  Wallace  Beery,  motion 
picture  star  and  aviation  enthusiast, 
very  interested  in  the  small  craft. 

Mr.  Beery  invited  Robert  to  go 
with  him  in  a  motorboat  out  on 
the  lake,  where  for  several  hours 
the  two  of  them  sailed  the  hydro- 
plane. The  model  starts  on  the 
surface  of  the  water,  rises  into  the 
air,  flies  for  a  considerable  distance, 
and  then  as  the  rubber  band-motor 
runs  down,  dips  toward  the  sur- 
face of  the  water.  As  soon  as  the 
pontoons  strike  the  lake  the  plane 
levels  off,  taxis  a  short  distance  and 
then  stops. 

Robert,  a  son  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
LeRoi  C.  Snow,  of  2672  Alden 
Street,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  and 
a  grandson  of  the  former  president 
of  the  Church,  President  Lorenzo 
Snow,  plans  to  continue  his  plane 
building  and  test  flight  activities, 
youngest  son  of  President  Snow, 
has  been  working  in  the  aviation 
field  since  1906.  Robert,  in  en- 
deavoring to  fit  himself  for  a  sim- 
ilar career,  has  already  built  nearly 
100  model  planes,  testing  each  one. 
Recently  he  set  a  new  intermoun- 
tain  record  for  stick  models  with  a 
flight  of  more  than  three  minutes, 
and  follow  in  the  footsteps  of  his 
uncle,  Captain  Lorenzo  L.  Snow, 
a  pioneer  in  aviation,  who  now  is 
conducting  technical  experiments  in 
connection  with  the  installation  of 
the  new  Wasp  motors  in  Boeing 
planes  at  the  Pratt  and  Whitney 
Aircraft  company  plant,  at  Hart- 
ford,     Conn.       Captain     Snow, 


124 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


Romance  of 
Two  Cities 

(Continued  from  page  89) 

ja*. «*gf 

above  the  group,  he  could  see.  A 
groan  brought  his  eyes  back  to  the 
group.  The  figures  rose  to  a  sitting 
posture,  threw  off  the  dark  mantle 
covering  it  and  David's  heart  gave 
a  great  bound.  A  Maid!  She  rose 
unsteadily,  but  was  pulled  rudely 
back  by  the  leader  of  the  two. 

A  sharp  cry  of  "Nabor"  pulled 
David  taut.  An  ugly,  taunting 
laugh  followed,  then  clearly  and 
distinctly  came  the  words  in  the 
Nephite  tongue: 

"Call  on  your  great  God,  Je- 
hovah, for  he  alone  can  save  the 
daughter  of  Jared." 

The  girl  gave  a  half  cry  of  fear 
that  was  hushed  almost  before  it 
began,  and  in  a  determined  voice 
answered: 


NEW 

HEADQUARTERS  FOR 
LATTER-DAY   SAINT 

GARMENTS 

FROM  FACTORY  TO  TOU 
We  Solicit  Your  Mail  Orders 

No.  88.  Lt.  Wt.  Men's  and  La- 
dies' New  Style  ?  .65 

No.  89.  Med.  Wt.  Men's  and  La- 
dies' New  Style  1.10 

No.   80.  Heavy  Wt.  Men's  Double 

Back  .-. 1.35 

No.   81.   Heavy     Wt.     Old     Style 

Double   Back    1.50 

No.   87.   Lt.     Wt.    Old    and    New 

Styles 85 

No.  85.  Very  Special  Non-Run 
Garments  —  Guaranteed 
— Not  To  Run  Ray.  Spec.  1.10 

No.  84.  Med.  Lt.  Wt.  Men's  and 
Ladies'  New  Style,  Dou- 
ble Combed  Yarn,  Extra 

Fine 85 

Specify  when   ordering,  your  bust, 

trunk    and   length,    whether    new    or 

old    style,    and    if    men's    or    ladies'. 

We    Pay    Postage    Anywhere    in    the 

United  States. 

MOSE  LEWIS 

14  SO.  MAIN  ST. 

SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 

Please    mention    seeing    tin's    Add    in 

tills   Magazine 


YOD  Can  OWN 

A    Fine    Irrigated    Farm 

in  the  famous  San  Joaquin  Valley, 
California  by  purchase  on  a  twenty 
year  amortization  plan  at  6%  in- 
terest from  the  Union  Central  Life 
Insurance  Company  of  Cincinnati, 
Ohio.  The  principal  crops  are 
grapes,  peaches,  cotton,  corn,  bar- 
ley  and  alfalfa.  The  climate  is 
marvelous. 

For  details  write  me  at 

Box  262,  Fresno,  California 

Offices, 

1004  Pacific  South  West  Building 

O.  V.  HARRIS,  Salesman 


"You  dare  not!  Nana-aha  will 
not  suffer  you  to  harm  me." 

"What  the  Mighty  One  knows 
not  he  has  no  part  in,"  came  the 
answer  in  such  tones  of  assurance 
that  David  longed  to  throw  himself 
upon  the  offender.  The  girl  put 
her  hands  to  her  head  as  if  to  ease 
the  throbbing  there.  Presently  she 
spoke  again. 

"And  what  does  Nabor,  the 
Crafty,  plan  to  do  with  the  Daugh- 
ter of  Jared?" 

A  few  moments  of  throbbing 
silence,  then  with  a  chuckle  the  La- 
manite  answered: 

"Yesterday,  the  arrogance  of 
Nana-aha  ground  Nabor's  pride  in 
the  dust  and  made  him  a  laugh  and 
a  jest  among  his  fellows.  Nana- 
aha,  too,  is  proud  and  he  shall  suffer 
as  Nabor  suffered.  Soon  comes  the 
Spring  Festival  and  in  the  City  of 
Shemlon  the  occasion  is  propitious. 
For  two  seasons  the  harvests  have 
been  poor;  an  unusual  sacrifice  is 
desired.  What  could  please  the 
God  of  the  Harvest  more  than  a 
maid  without  blemish  or  stain? 
He  who  can  bring  such  a  one  to  the 
sacrificial  altar  may  demand  a  ran- 
rom  from  the  King's  coffers.  None 
but  the  Priests  shall  see  the  maid 
until  the  hour  of  sacrifice,  and  not 
until  it  is  too  late  will  Nana-aha 
know  his  incomparable  maiden  is 
gone  forever." 

iHE  maid  sat  with 
bowed  head,  making  no  reply. 
David  wondered  who  Nana-aha 
was;  a  Lamanite  he  would  judge 
from  the  name,  but  what  was  he  to 
this  Daughter  of  Jared?  While  he 
was  still  puzzling  over  it,  the  La- 
manites  rose  and  with  the  maid 
between  them,  hurried  relentlessly 
along.  David  started  also.  For- 
gotten was  his  quest  and  Amnion's 
fate  as  he  followed,  managing  to 
keep  within  hearing  distance  of  the 
others.  Not  until  daybreak  did 
they  halt,  then  Zena  dropped  from 
exhaustion.  She  took  the  food  of- 
fered her  but  before  it  was  eaten 
fell  asleep.  The  Lamanites  ate, 
David  could  see  them  clearly  now; 
then  they  too  slept  in  turns.  David 
having  no  food,  turned  his 
thoughts  resolutely  from  it  and 
tried  to  drive  sleep  from  his  eyes, 
but  the  morning  was  warm.  In- 
activity made  him  drowsy,  and  he 
dared  not  move  about,  for  fear  of 
detection.  When  the  noon  sun 
grew  hot,  he  too  began  to  nod.  He 
awoke  with  a  chill  and  stared  into 


darkness.  He  listened — not  a 
sound  but  his  own  breathing.  Go- 
ing cautiously  toward  the  spot 
where  the  others  had  camped  he 
peered  about.  Nothing  there  but 
the  shadowy  forms  of  the  forest. 
He  stepped  up  to  the  spot  cursing 
himself  soundly  for  his  sleepiness. 
Now  where  should  he  go?  He  had 
no  idea  where  Shemlon  lay.  A 
gleam  of  white  caught  his  eye.  He 
stooped  to  pick  it  up.  It  slipped 
sinuously  through  his  fingers.  A 
silken  ribbon — he  heard  again  the 
quality  of  her  voice  and  a  little 
thrill  set  him  atingle.  He  wished 
he  had  seen  her  face;  that  it  was 
beautiful,  he  knew.  Had  not  the 
Lamanite  said,  without  blemish  or 
stain? 

Slipping  the  ribbon  in  his  tunic 
he  swung  off  in  the  general  direc- 
tion they  had  traveled  the  night 
before,  his  speed  diminished  by  the 
caution  he  deemed  necessary  lest  he 
come  upon  them  unawares.  As  he 
progressed,  the  country  became 
rough  and  hilly  and  he  prayed  fer- 
vently that  he  might  be  going  in 
the  right  direction.  After  what 
seemed  interminable  hours  the 
vegetation  grew  sparser  and  as  he 
neared  the  forest's  edge,  he  could 
see  in  the  east  the  first  streamers  of 
dawn.  His  brain  began  to  whirl.  If 
a  city  were  near  he  had  lost  his 
quarry  for  they  were  at  least  sev- 
eral hours  ahead  of  him;  though 
he  reflected  they  couldn't  travel 
fast  with  the  maid.  With  a  spurt 
of  speed  he  gained  the  forest's  edge. 
Panting  heavily,  he  braced  himself 
against  a  tree  and  looked  out  over 
the  country. 

BEFORE  him  lay  a 
walled  city,  somberly  and  heavily 
outlined  in  the  dim  light.  The 
cleared  space  between  the  forest  and 
City  was  for  protection  against 
sudden  attack,  he  knew.  As  he 
watched  the  first  rays  of  the  morn- 
ing sun  struck  the  walls  and  he  saw 
distinctly  the  three  figures  he 
sought  waiting  at  the  gate. 

"Curses  on  a  sleeper,"  he  cried 
vehemently,  and  sat  down  heavily. 
Not  for  a  moment  did  he  consider 
giving  up.  There  must  be  some 
way  of  getting  through  the  gates. 
As  he  watched,  they  swung  open 
and  disgorged  a  horde  of  laborers, 
who  turned  into  the  fields  to  the 
south  and  east.  Gradually  the  baf- 
fled, bewildered  look  on  his  face 
gave  way  to  an  impish  smile.  For- 
getting his  aching  limbs,  he  scouted 
back  and  forth  until  he  found  a 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


25 


bush  to  his  liking.  He  then 
sought  two  smooth  stones  and  used 
them   to  crush   the  sap  from   the 

leaves. 

Some  hours  later  a  brown-skin- 
ned, tattered  mendicant,  leaning 
heavily  on  a  stout  stick  hobbled 
through  the  City  gates;  but  once 
inside  David  wandered  uncertainly. 
He  was  weak  from  hunger.  Gold 
and  silver  pieces  he  had  from  Zara- 


hemla  but  feared  to  use  them.  If 
he  were  to  be  of  help  to  the  maid, 
he  must  remain  what  he  looked,  a 
Lamanite  beggar.  A  beggar?  That 
was  it.  They  were  so  common  as 
to  attract  no  undue  attention.  Sit- 
ting suddenly  upon  the  pavement 
he  held  out  his  hand  in  mute  ap- 
peal. 

Days  passed.     He  hobbled  over 
the  City's  area  a  good  many  times. 


He  located  every  Temple — that 
was  easy  though  there  were  many, 
for  they  were  high  and  clustered  in 
courts.  He  wondered  feverishly 
which  contained  the  sacrifice  for  the 
Harvest  God.  Food  was  still  a 
problem.  He  dared  not  trust  him- 
self to  speak  or  use  his  coins  and 
would  beg  only  when  his  healthy 
appetite  must  be  appeased. 

(To  be  Continued) 


*► 

Ner-Do-Well 


j§*""" 


(Continued  from  page  81) 

4 


tling  past  the  corners  of  the  shack, 
scooping  up  great  handfuls  of  sand 
and  hurling  it  against  the  weather- 
worn boards.  He  could  hear  the 
harsh  booming  of  surf  on  the  outer 
beach — a  monotonous  chorus  of 
mingled  crashes.  He  had  known 
that  sound  ever  since  he  could  re- 
member; it  seemed  an  intimate  part 
of  his  life,  and  he  loved  it.  For 
those  who  dwell  in  great  cities,  the 
roar  of  traffic;  for  Craig  McCord, 
the  boom  and  hiss  of  crashing  surf. 
Great  cities!  He  had  no  desire 
for  the  comparatively  easy  life  they 
afforded.  No,  he  was  content  to 
remain  on  the  coast:  to  set  his  lob- 
ster pots,  to  frequent  the  fishing 
banks,  to  do  such  odd  jobs  as  he 
could  pick  up  during  the  winter 
months — in  short,  to  earn  an  hon- 
est living.  That  was  all  he  asked. 
But  how  was  he  to  manage  with- 
out a  boat? 

Having  finished  his 

meal,  he  rose  and  thrust  a  few  extra 
pieces  of  wood  into  the  glowing 
stove.  It  was  snowing  now.  He 
could  see  dark  flakes  racing  hori- 
zontally past  the  window.  While 
he  was  watching  them  he  suddenly 
uttered  a  little  exclamation  of  sur- 
prise. Was  that  a  light  he  had 
seen  out  there  across  the  marshes 
*  *  *  Alight?  *  *  *  No,  there 
couldn't  possibly  be  a  light  out 
there!   *    *    *   And  yet.    *    *    * 

He  stood  with  face  close  to  the 
window.  The  gray  flakes  drove 
southward.  Beyond  them  lay  a 
vast  extent  of  blackness,  nothing 
else.  The  window  rattled  in  the 
blast.  Loose  sand  tinkled  against 
the  weather-worn  boards. 

"I  must  have  been  dreaming," 
Craig  muttered.  He  was  about  to 
turn  away  from  the  window  when 
he  saw  it  again — yes,  there  was  no 
doubt  of  it  this  time!     Out  there 


in  the  marshes  a  tiny  point  of 
yellow  light  was  flashing.  It  would 
shine  for  a  few  seconds,  then  go 
out,  then  reappear. 

Craig's  fingers  tightened  on  the 
edge  of  the  window-sill.  Some- 
body was  out  there  in  the  marsh! 
Somebody  with  a  flashlight. 

Now  the  light  was  no  longer 
burning.  Craig  remained  at  the 
window,  watching.  "Somebody 
perhaps  out  after  ducks,"  he  said 
to  himself.  "Lost  maybe — or 
maybe  he's  having  hard  work 
pushing  his  boat  through  that  salt 
ice. 

Ten  minutes  passed  with  no 
further  sign  of  the  light.  "Prob'ly 
he's  far  to  the  south  now,  with 
this  wind  behind  him!"  Craig  said 
half  aloud. 

But  a  few  minutes  later  he  saw 
the  light  again,  and  it  was  in  the 
same  place.  It  flashed  on  and  off, 
on  and  off  perhaps  half  a  dozen 
times  and  then  went  out.  It  was 
as  if  the  person  might  be  signaling. 
Craig  buttoned  the  top  of  his 
sweater,  crossed  to  the  bench  and 
jammed  his  cap  on  his  head.  Some- 
body was  stuck  out  there  in  a  duck 
boat  and  needed  help! 

Craig  got  into  his  overcoat. 
From  a  couple  of  hooks  on  the 
wall  he  lifted  down  the  long  oars 
to  the  dory;  they  were  his  own 
oars,  having  belonged  to  his  father. 
He  strode  to  the  door.  There  he 
hesitated.  Outside  the  night  was 
black  and  bitter,  with  a  north- 
easter blowing — and  the  little 
shack  was  so  comfortable!  He 
glanced  at  the  glowing  stove.  Then 
with  an  abrupt  movement  he 
thrust  the  door  open  and  strode 
outside.  The  shack  jarred  as  the 
wind  caught  the  door  and  banged 
it  behind  him. 

He  hurried  down  to  the  cove.  It 
was  the  work  of  only  a  few  seconds 
to  launch  the  dory.  The  tide  was 
still  coming  in,  and  the  water  was 
high.  Leaping  into  the  boat,  he 
set  the  oars  and  began  to  row.  The 
wind- driven  flakes  were  like  points 


of  steel  against  the  side  of  his  face. 
Spray  from  the  windward  oar 
soaked  the  upper  part  of  his  body 
and  then  froze.  His  overcoat  was 
soon  stiff. 

iiE  had  rowed  perhaps 
a  hundred  yards  when  the  prow  of 
the  dory  encountered  salt  ice.  It 
was  like  mush  beneath  the  blades 
of  the  long  oars,  but  forcing  the 
boat  through  it  was  no  easy  mat- 
ter. He  labored,  putting  all  his 
strength  into  the  strokes.  Far,  far 
at  his  right  he  could  see  the  clus- 
tered lights  of  the  village;  they 
were  faint,  almost  hidden  by  the 
driving  flakes.  But  where  was  that 
other  light?  As  he  rowed  he  cast 
frequent  glances  over  his  shoulder. 
Several  times  he  shouted,  but  it  was 
as  if  the  wind  caught  his  words  and 
whirled  them  away  into  swift 
silence. 

He  bent  his  back,  grunting  with 
each  stroke.  The  boat  plowed  its 
way  through  the  soft  ice;  then 
there  was  open  water  for  a  few 
yards,  then  soft  ice  again.  At  last 
he  had  another  glimpse  of  the 
light:  it  was  a  considerable  distance 
ahead  and  on  his  left.  That  meant 
the  wind  and  tide  had  carried  him 
farther  southward  than  he  had 
supposed. 

Swinging  the  dory  sharply 
about,  he  summoned  all  his  reserve 
strength.  He  was  rowing  north- 
ward now,  against  the  tide,  almost 
into  the  teeth  of  the  wind.  It  was 
harder  to  force  the  boat  through 
the  masses  of  ice,  and  as  he  labored 
he  had  the  hopeless  feeling  that  he 
was  making  no  progress  whatso- 
ever. 

The  minutes  passed  —  long, 
heart-breaking  minutes  during 
which  he  had  a  mind  for  only  one 
thing:  to  get  well  to  windward  of 
the  man  out  there  in  the  darkness, 
then  to  let  wind  and  tide  carry  the 
dory  down  upon  the  hummock 
where  the  fellow  apparently  was 
a  prisoner. 

At  last,  almost  numb  with  cold, 


126 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


Craig  turned  the  prow  of  the  dory 
and  began  to  quarter  toward  the 
northwest.  What  had  become  of 
the  light?  He  had  not  seen  it  since 
the  moment  when  he  had  begun 
to  match  his  strength  against  wind 


MAKE  MONEY 

sAi-liovne! 


EARN  steady  income  each  week,  working  at  home, 
coloring  photos  and  miniatures  in  oil.  Learn  famous 
"Koehne  Method"  in  few  weeks.  Work  done  by  this 
method  in  big  demand.  No  experience  nor  art  talent 
needed.  Many  become  independent  this  way.  Send  for 
free  booklet,  "Make  Money  at  Home." 

NATIONAL  ART  SCHOOL,  Inc. 
8601  Michigan  Avenue,  Dept.  418-C  Chicago,  III. 


vJ^e^HasIts 

**Y      Rewards 

^  If  you  are  interested- 

—to  develop  the  ability  to  speak 
effectively  in  public  or  in  everyday 
conversation— to  forge  ahead  twice 
as  fast  as  you  are  now  doing,  read 
How  to  Work  Wonders  With  Words 
now  sent  free. 

m  This  new  booklet/recently  pub- 
lished, points  the  road  that  thou- 
sands have  followed  to  increase 
quickly  their  earning  power  and 
popularity. 

It  also  explains  how  you  can,  by  a 
new,  easy  home  study  method,  be- 
come an  outstanding  speaker  and  conquer  stage  fright < 
timidity  and  fear.  To  read  this  booklet  will  prove  to  be 
an  evening  wellspent. 

Simply  send  name  and  address  and  this  valuable  frea 
booklet  will  be  sent  at  once.  No  obligation. 

NORTH  AMERICAN  INSTITUTE 

3601    Michigan   Ave.,    Dept.   4182,   Chicago,    Illinois 


«*>$.* 


*!>.$' 


& 


Never  have  gasoline 
claims  been  so  quick- 
ly proved  and  under- 
scored by  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  drivers 
intent  only  on  finding 
a  better  gasoline  at 
a  "regular"  price.  At 
Red  Triangle  Stations, 


and  tide.  Surely  the  man  must  be 
south  of  him  now!  Craig  shouted 
once  more.  As  before,  the  wind 
seemed  to  sweep  his  words  away 
into  swift  silence;  but  a  few  sec- 
onds later  he  spied  the  light  again. 
It  was  south  of  him,  over  his  right 
shoulder,  very  close!  And  it  was 
moving  in  jerky  impulses  up  and 
down  and  from  side  to  side.  The 
man  had  heard  him! 

Craig  shouted  again:  "Hold 
your  light!     Don't  let  it  go  out!" 

The  light  continued  to  move  in 
jerky  impulses.  And  now  wind 
and  tide  were  sweeping  the  dory 
swiftly  southward.  Craig  had  no 
need  to  row.  He  devoted  all  his 
strength  to  guiding  the  craft.  The 
light  was  growing  larger,  brighter. 

Suddenly  something  dark  loom- 
ed ahead  and  at  his  left — a  small 
island,  or  hummock,  amid  south- 
ward-moving gray  ice.  For  an  in- 
stant Craig's  thoughts  were  in  a 
panic.  The  dory  was  too  far  to 
the  right !  The  tide  and  wind  were 
sweeping  the  craft  past  the  hum- 
mock. 

He  threw  all  his  weight  upon 
the  starboard  oar.  Again  and  again 
he  pulled  at  it — desperately!  The 
boat  cut  through  a  mass  of  ice, 
reached  open  water — and  then  the 
wind  drove  it  broadside  against  the 
point  of  the  hummock.  He  had 
won! 

Stiff  from  cold,  his  breathing 
labored,  Craig  seized  the  painter 
and  scrambled  to  the  frozen  earth. 
There  in  front  of  him  stood  a  man. 
Craig  had  a  glimpse  of  ice-coated 
clothing,  of  booted  feet  moving  up 
and  down  in  a  mass  of  mud  and 
water,  of  an  electric  torch  swaying 
from  side  to  side  in  the  man's  two 
hands. 

Craig  shouted  as  he  strode  for- 
ward. The  man  appeared  not  to 
have  heard:  he  continued  to  wave 
the  torch.  It  was  only  when  the 
boy's  arms  went  about  him  that  he 
seemed  to  realize  that  he  was  not 
alone.  He  tried  to  speak,  but  only 
a  jumble  of  faint  sounds  issued 
from  his  lips.  Then  he  slumped  to 
the  ground. 

Craig  seized  the  torch;  it  had 
dropped  from  the  man's  fingers,  but 
was  still  burning.  The  boy  flashed 
it  in  the  white  upturned  face  and 
then  uttered  a  gasp  of  astonish- 
ment. The  man  was  Luther  Bur- 
geon. 


H. 


,OW      Craig,      half- 
frozen     and     almost     exhausted, 


managed  to  get  Mr.  Burgeon  into' 
the  dory  he  never  was  quite  able 
to  explain.  Nor  was  it  easy  to  ex- 
plain how  he  succeeded  in  fighting 
his  way  through  the  ice  back  to  the 
mainland.  The  thing  he  remem- 
bered most  vividly  during  the  trip 
back  was  the  twin  headlights  of 
an  automobile  moving  along  the 
road  that  led  through  the  marshes. 
Probably  it  was  the  sight  of  that 
oncoming  car  which  enabled  him 
to  keep  from  collapsing  upon  the 
huddled  body  of  Luther  Burgeon 
at  his  feet.  Afterwards  Craig 
learned  that  there  were  other  cars 
on  the  road — cars  with  men  from 
the  village  searching  for  Burgeon, 
who  was  known  to  have  gone  duck 
shooting  and  had  not  returned;  but 
Craig  remembered  only  that  first 
one. 

Beaching  the  dory  at  last  per- 
haps a  quarter  of  a  mile  below  the 
shack,  he  stumbled  forward,  paint- 
er in  hand.  He  was  winding  it 
clumsily  round  a  rock,  when  the 
bright  headlights  flashed  in  his  face, 
dazzling  him.  He  heard  the  roar 
of  the  motor.  Then  it  was  silent. 
Then  voices  were  shouting,  and 
dark  figures  were  coming  toward 
him. 

"Craig!  By  my  soul,  it's  you!" 
And  running  forward,  Mr.  Nicker- 
son  caught  the  boy  about  the  waist 
as  he  was  on  the  point  of  tottering. 

"Yes,  and  here's  Burgeon!"  came 
another  voice.  "Here  in  the  dory! 
Lend  a  hand!" 

And  that  was  the  last  thing 
Craig  remembered. 

1 T  was  late  the  follow- 
ing afternoon  when  he  awoke  from 
a  sleep  that  had  seemed  to  last 
ages!  He  was  in  a  wide  bed,  and 
Luther  Burgeon's  wife  was  stand- 
ing beside  him.  He  smiled  up  at 
her,  bewildered.  "Where  am  I?" 
he  said. 

She  seated  herself  close  to  the 
bed,  and  presently  he  was  listening 
to  her  soft  musical  voice.  She  re- 
assured him,  told  him  he  had  no 
need  to  worry.  He  had  frozen 
both  feet  and  several  of  his  fingers, 
but  the  doctor  had  promised  her 
that — 

"And  Mr.  Burgeon?"  Craig  in- 
terrupted her. 

Impulsively  the  woman  bent 
forward  and  kissed  him  on  the 
cheek.  "You  have  saved  my  hus- 
band's life!"  she  murmured.  'Yes, 
his  life!     He  has  suffered  more  than 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


127 


you,  but  he  too  will  come  around 
—the  doctor  is  sure  of  it!" 

And  then  Craig  was  listening  to 
further  explanations.  Luther  Bur- 
geon's little  duck  boat  had  upset, 
and  he  had  waded  waist-deep  to 
the  hummock,  where  he  had  stood 
in  the  driving  wind  and  cold  for 
a  matter  of  three  or  four  hours. 
Fortunately  his  electric  torch  had 
escaped  the  water,  and  he  had 
flashed  it  on  and  off,  on  and  off 
until,  numb  and  almost  senseless, 
he  hardly  knew  what  he  was  doing. 

Craig  closed  his  eyes.  Again  he 
slept — thankfully ! 

A  WEEK  or  so  follow- 
ing that  terrible  night  in  the 
marshes  Luther  Burgeon  made  the 
boy  a  proposition.  "I  can't  ever 
repay  you,  Craig,  for  what  you  did 
for  me,"  he  said,  "but  I  can  show 
my  gratitude!  I've  decided  I  need 
help  with  those  summer  cottages  of 
mine,  somebody  who'll  look  after 
repairs  and  one  thing  and  another 
— somebody  I  can  depend  on!"  he 
added.  'Twould  be   a   five- 

months'  job  each  year,  and  it'll  pay 
you  considerable  more  than  what 
you'd  earn  at  fishing.  But  that 
doesn't  mean,  my  boy,  you'd  have 
to  give  up  fishing  altogether — 
you'd  have  some  time  for  that  too. 
And  of  course  you'll  still  have  the 
dory—." 

'You  mean  you'll  give  me  more 
time  to  pay  for  it — ." 

"No,  that's  not  what  I  mean  at 
all!"  Luther  Burgeon  suddenly 
laughed  and  then  put  a  hand  af- 
fectionately on  Craig's  shoulder. 
"What  I  mean  is,  the  dory  goes 
along  with  the  job.  It's  yours,  my 
boy!  And  more  than  that,  if  you 
ever  get  tired  o'  living  alone  out 
there  on  the  beach,  I  want  you  to 
come  and  live  with  me!  What  do 
you  say?" 

Craig  moistened  his  lips.  He 
was  unable  to  say  anything,  for  a 
great  lump  had  come  into  his 
throat. 

"You  see,  Craig,"  Mr.  Burgeon 
added,  "I've  got  a  lot  o'  faith  in 
you,  arid  I  mean  to  help  you  all  I 
can.  You've  had  a  hard  time  of 
it — . 

Craig  nodded  and  smiled,  but  he 
was  still  unable  to  speak.  "A  lot 
o*  faith  in  you."  The  lump  in  his 
throat  seemed  suddenly  to  have  in- 
creased to  twice  its  size,  but  he  was 
happy — happier,  at  that  moment, 
than  he  had  ever  been  in  his  life! 


■P"""^^BH| 

President  Woodruff 

Ki 

CARRIED  ON 

Coming  to  the  First  Presidency  of  the 
Church   during   one   of  its   most   trying 
periods,    President    Wilford    Woodruff, 
third    president,    possessed    of    an    un- 
swerving faith,   succeeded  nobly   in  the 
face    of    great    difficulties.      The    same 
indomitable  faith  will  win  for  you. 

■  ■■.. ..  "  ■-,■:' #:r^ . 

The  Church  university  stands  ready  to 
assist  in  building  your  career.     Return- 
ing      Missionaries,       Teachers       whose 
schools    close    early,    and    others    may 
register   for — 

The  Spring  Quarter — March  25 

HI        ^B 

and  get  in   two   full     quarters  of  work 
by  the  end  of  the  Summer  Session. 

„       . ,      ,   „r.,„     ,    ,_r      ,      „                          Send   For   Catalogue 
President    Wilford    Woodruff 

BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 

"5J)  Years   Of   Service  To  The   Church" 
Provo,  Utah 

Salt  Lake  Gity's  Newest  Popular  Hotel 


HO  TEL 
TEMPLE 
SQUARE 

200  Rooms  each  with 
Tile  Bath 

Rates 
$1.50  to  $4.00 

Radio  Connections  for 
Every  Room 

Opposite   Great   Mormon  Temple 

ERNEST  C.  ROSSITER,  Manager 


INSURE 


INSURE 

Your  registered  stock  and  dairy  herds  against  death  from  any  cause. 


Your  animals  while  in  transit  to  market. 
Let  us  quote  you  rates. 

HEBER  J.  GRANT  &  COMPANY 

20  Main  Street  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


128 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     FEBRUARY,     1935 


Dear  Bachelor  Girl: 


REALLY  now,  isn't  that  better  than 
"old  maid"?  Interesting  and  a  little 
pathetic  is  your  letter  printed  in 
November  Era,  "Your  page  and  aura/] 
Come  now,  throw  away  that  "old  maid" 
idea.  It  is  very  much  out  of  date  and 
belongs  to  a  past  generation.  Put  with  it 
the  "twenty-five  year  limit"  and  discard 
the  two  as  being  decidedly  passe  and 
worthless.  You  don't  need  to  have  your 
face  lifted,  or  to  buy  an  entirely  new  out- 
fit, or  wish  you  were  somebody  else,  all 
you  need  is  to  spank  yourself  mentally. 
Tell  that  self  of  yours  to  go  sit  in  a  corner 
and  give  the  real  you  a  chance  to  make 
itself  popular  with  its  friends.  Let  your 
soul  be  free.  You  have  a  spark  of  divinity 
within  you  upon  which  to  build  happiness. 
What  has  happened  to  it,  dear  lady? 

This  is  the  time  of  year  for  inventory. 
Ask  yourself  a  few  questions.  Be  honest 
— How  do  you  rate? 

1 How  do  you  look?  "Women  are  made 

to  give  the  eyes  delight." 

a Do  you  break  a  bath  date  because 

you  are  fagged  out? 
b — Are  you  sick  or  frowsy? 
c — Do    you    know    clothes   and   how 

to  wear  them? 
d — How  is  your  posture?   Are  your 
shoulders   back?      Do    you    walk 
smoothly? 
e — Do  you  smile  your  way  into  peo- 
ples'   hearts?      It   takes   sixty-three 
muscles  to  frown,  and  only  thir- 
teen to  smile.     Do  you  work  over- 
time? 
2 — How  do  you  feel? 

a — Are  you  dead  or  alive  inside? 
b — Are  you  real,  or  do  you  just  pre- 
tend? 
c — Do     you     love    life — people    and 
things? 
3- — How    do    you    act?    "People    fall    in 
rhythm    with    a    personality    just    as 
they  begin  to  tap  their  feet  to  sweet 
music." 
a — How's   your  small   talk?    Is  your 

tongue   anchored? 
b — Are  you  a  good  sport?   Are  you 

gracious? 
c — Do  you  play  and  laugh  with  peo- 
ple? 
d — Are  you  a  sob-sister,  or  a  tantrum 
howler?  Have  you  the  complex  of 
self-pity? 
e — Are  you  interested  in  others  more 

than  yourself? 
f — Are  you  individual?  Are  you  nat- 
ural? 
g — Is  your  voice  lovely,  or  nagging? 
Does  it  have  sex  appeal,  for  both 
sexes? 
h — In  other  words — do  you  "click"? 
And   so   on   with   questions   and   ques- 
tions,  for  Personality   is  a  big   world   to 
explore. 

You  are  wondering  if  you  would  teach 
your  own  little  girl  the  standards  by 
which  you  have  been  reared?  In  a  recent 
Readers'  Digest  this  quotation  was  inter- 
esting. "If  your  standards  make  you 
unhappy  then  there  is  something  wrong 
with  them."  If  one's  religion  has  robbed 
one  of  intelligent  freedom  and  expression, 
then  the  interpretation  of  that  religion 
may  be  in  error.  There  are  homes  that 
are  in   religious   and   social   ruts — holding 


By  KATIE  C.  JENSEN 


MEN  LIKE  A  WOMAN  WHO: 

Is  gracious;  is  a  pal — a  good  sport; 
is  restful;  laughs  and  plays;  is  at 
ease  in  any  place  or  group. 
Can  see  and  take  a  joke;  makes  him 
think  well  of  himself;  is  cheerful 
and  optimistic;  weeps  not  for  self, 
but  others;  is  a  good  conversation- 
alist— a  good  listener. 

Has  poise  and  good  posture,  cleanli- 
ness, vitality,  freshness,  daintiness, 
femininity  and  individuality;  is  gay 
and  sparkling;  puts  make-up  on 
cleverly;  has  self-respect;  minds  her 
own  business.  Speaks  well  of  her 
own  sex;  is  admired  by  other  men; 
believes  in  a  warm  home  and  not 
just  a  lovely  house;  is  sweet,  clean, 
attractive  at  home;  can  make  her 
own  decisions;  treats  a  man  as  a 
man;  doesn't  weep  over  forgotten 
anniversaries. 

Keeps  troubles  to  herself- — sunny 
side  out;  will  risk  a  shiny  nose 
rather  than  display  a  soiled  powder 
puff  in  public;  has  a  rich,  mellow 
voice  which  reveals  a  soul;  dresses 
smartly  and  makes  a  man  proud  of 
her;  has  but  one  set  of  manners — a 
good  one;  uses  exquisite  perfume — 
not  old-fashioned  scent. 
Most  of  the  qualities  men  like  can 
be  developed. 

MEN  DISLIKE: 

Run-over  heels;  an  underslip  show- 
ing; a  loud  rasping  voice;  a  dumb- 
bell; a  soiled  shoulder  strap;  runs 
in  hose;  a  pocket  invader;  a  gold 
digger;  a  voice  which  nags,  whines, 
scolds;  neglected  skin;  too  many 
bulges;  unclean  hair;  perspiration 
spots;  a  joy-killer;  one  who  opens 
other  people's  mail;  one  who  insists 
upon  her  own  way;  stooped  shoul- 
ders; an  ungraceful  walk;  a  poor 
dancer;  one  who  pities  self;  one 
who  enjoys  poor  health;  sarcasm; 
one  who  "paws"  them. 
Most  of  the  things  men  dislike  in 
women  can  be  avoided. 

SOME  REASONS  WHY 
GIRLS  NEVER  MARRY: 

1 — Would  not  marry  out  of 
Church;  2— had  broken  love  affair 
in  early  life  which  destroyed  interest 
and  faith  in  men;  3 — sacrificed  self 
out  of  mistaken  loyalty  to  parents; 
4 — never  found  ideal  man;  5 — 
wanted  college  and  a  career,  so 
waited  too  long;  6 — refused  to  take 
life  seriously — just  played  around; 
7 — could  not  give  up  salary  and 
freedom;  8 — had  fear  of  responsi- 
bility; 9 — never  was  asked;  10- — - 
poor  health. 

ENEMIES  TO  CHARM: 

Envy,  jealousy,  criticism,  conceit, 
carelessness,  sacasm,  super-sensitive- 
ness, self-pity,  snobbishness,  gossip, 
ignorance,  indifference  and  unkind- 
ness. 


on  to  yesterday's  conventions  and  super- 
stitions and  prejudices,  clinging  on  to 
superficial  ideals.  There  are  heads  of  fam- 
ilies bringing  from  the  past  ideas  of  par- 
ental control  and  power,  feeling  that 
children  never  grow  up.  What  of  the 
boy,  twenty-one  who  loved  and  wanted 
to  marry,  but  the  family  denied  him.  Now, 
he  is  a  bachelor,  drawing  within  himself, 
looking  bitterly  on  while  youth  loves, 
mates,  and  is  happy; — the  girl  whose 
people  made  her  so  efficient  that  all  young 
men  stood  in  awe  of  her. 

Surely  one  can  be  moral  and  charming. 
One  can  be  genuine  and  popular.  One 
can  be  a  good  church  member  and  delight- 
fully attractive.  Mayn't  a  girl  keep  the 
word  of  wisdom  and  her  friends  at  the 
same  time?  Regardless  of  religion,  com- 
munity and  home  environment  and  social 
life,  there  is  an  unwritten  code  of  sex- 
appeal  called  charm,  the  inherent  some- 
thing in  girls  and  women,  that  should 
motivate  all  powers  of  loveliness,  winsome- 
ness,  and  harmony. 

You  wonder  perhaps  why  some  of  our 
returned  missionaries  marry  these  so-called 
go-getters.  Because  they  want  a  change 
from  heavy,  serious  things.  The  inherent 
power  to  charm  people  may  be  developed 
through  appreciation  of  beauty — an  urge 
toward  harmony,  an  interest  in  others 
more  than  self,  and  cheerfulness.  Oh, 
with  a  smile  many  girls  have  won  a  beau, 
the  smile  that  gives  the  combination  to 
the  heart  lock.  Don't  forget  the  story  of 
the  girl  who  said,  "Yes,  I  know  my  feet 
are  large — but  my  smile  is  so  nice  no  one 
will  notice  my  feet."  Good  philosophy 
this. 

So  come  on  lady,  get  busy.  It  is  never 
too  late  to  love  and  be  loved,  to  marry 
and  find  happiness.  Some  of  the  sweetest 
loves  have  come  in  middle  life.  A  recent 
magazine  quoted — "At  twenty  a  man 
loves  with  his  eyes,  at  thirty  with  his 
senses,  at  forty  with  his  heart."  We 
aren't  all  born  beautiful,  or  even  pretty. 
Smartness  is  difficult  to  achieve.  But  clean- 
liness, good  grooming,  neat  dressing,  any 
woman  can  achieve.  It  doesn't  take  a  lot 
of  money.  Think  of  all  the  clean  crisp 
things  you  know.  A  brook  in  a  wood. 
Ice  in  a  glass.  The  billows  of  tissue 
paper  in  a  new  hat  box.  Lettuce.  I 
think  the  most  charming  compliment  one 
could  pay  a  woman  would  be  to  say  she 
had  that  lettuce   (let-us)  look. 

Remember  that  men  do  not  like  you 
for  the  same  reasons  women  do.  They 
have  different  needs.  Make  up  your  mind 
that  you  can  do  things  and  you'll  do  them. 
There  is  at  least  one  man  for  you — why 
don't  you  find  him — you  can  only  marry 
one  at  a  time.  Go  after  happiness,  so 
much  of  it  in  the  world,  get  your  share. 
Move  into  a  new  community  if  you  must, 
but  find  it. 

I,  the  writer  of  this  article,  belong  to 
the  group  of  married  folk  you  refer  to 
in  your  letter.  I  wouldn't  change  places 
with  anyone — I  am  glad  I  am  a  woman — ■ 
that  I  have  lived — loved — married — had 
home  and  babies.  If  the  years  and  the 
calendar  were  to  get  together  I  would  be 
classed  with  the  past  generation,  but  1 
can't,  I  mustn't,  this  generation  with  its 
courage,  freedom  from  useless  conventions 
and  traditions,  its  spirit  of  adventure  and 
happiness  has  me  in  its  power,  so  on  I  go 
with  you  dear  Bachelor  Girl  to  husband, 
home,  babies,  happiness.  ...  So  hurry  lady, 
if  to  find  a  companion,  and  love,  is  your 
happiness,  go  after  it,  with  banners  flying 


^AMV_  ^jOtgL-  JXNVI^L.CKv5\Al 


WHAT   VARIOUS  PEOPLE   THINK   OF  THE   YOUNG 
LADY'S  PROBLEM 

IN  the  November  issue  of  "The  Improvement  Era"  we  pub- 
*■  lished  a  letter  from1  a  young  lady  in  which  she  had  some 
rather  uncomplimentary  things  to  say  about  present  day  court- 
ship  and  methods  of  obtaining  mates  in  marriage.  We  broke 
a  rule  in  publishing  the  letter  in  as  much  as  the  young  lady 
did  not  sign  her  name.  Her  arraignment,  however,  was  so 
serious  that  we  thought  it  might  do  good  to  present  her  views. 
We  have  had  a  number  of  replies  from  our  readers.  Some 
of  these  we  are  publishing  here  in  order  that  she  may  know 
what  others  think  about  her  statement. 

Dear  Editors: 

HOPE  a  missionary's  answer  to  the  open  discussion  on 
■*■   marriage  of  the  November  issue  will  be  accepted. 

I  agree  with  Miss  X  that  there  are  many  boys  who  expect  a 
girl  to  be  a  "good  sport."  But  still  1  think  the  girls  also  are 
to  blame. 

There  are  just  as  many  boys  who  expect  their  girl  to  have 
and  live  the  ideals  referred  to  in  a  recent  address  by  Elder 
David  O.  McKay. 

If  a  boy  expects  a  girl  to  be  a  good  sport  and  have  a  good 
time  and  won't  go  with  her  if  she  doesn't,  is  he  worth  having 
as  a  companion  for  time  and  eternity?  Is  he  one  with  whom 
we  can  work  out  this  glorious  covenant  which  we  made  with 
God?  The  marriage  laws  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of 
Latter-day  Saints  are  higher  than  the  "Until  death  doth  you 
part,"  marriage  laws.  To  be  a  success  to  the  fullest  extent  in 
this  life,  we  must  keep  the  commandments  of  God,  and  go 
through  the  temple  and  be  married  by  one  who  can  seal  on 
earth  so  it  will  be  accepted  by  God  forever.  Therefore,  if 
we  expect  to  make  these  covenants  with  God  we  should  ask 
His  guidance.  If  we  ask  with  sincere  faith  and  are  worthy 
of  that  blessing  He  will  lead  us  to  our  future  husband  or  wife. 

Lack  of  understanding  of  the  real  purpose  in  life  is  the 
cause  for  so  many  mistakes  committed  by  young  boys  and  girls. 

Miss  X  seems  to  have  received  the  same  training  at  home 
as  I  have.  My  mother  has  repeated  time  and  time  again- — ■ 
"Treat  every  girl  as  you  would  want  your  sister  to  be  treated." 
I  have  six  sisters. 

My  advice  to  every  girl  is — keep  those  high  ideals,  and  the 
boys  will  come  to  you. 

What  boy,  who  is  worth  marrying  as  a  companion  for  time 
and  eternity,  is  not  looking  for  a  girl  who  has  lived  a  good 
life?  A  girl  who  has  received  a  good  training  at  home  and 
lived  a  good  clean  life  always  has  and  always  will  be  wanted. 

I  am  in  my  early  twenties,  with  the  same  high  ideals. 
With  the  help  of  my  Creator,  I  will  not  marry  until  I  find 
a  girl  with  the  same  ideals,  and  there  are  many. 

Miss  X,  may  the  Lord  bless  you  in  the  stand  you  have 
taken.  May  your  ideals  always  remain  true  ideals — then 
marriage,  children,  and  future  happiness  will  follow. 

Sincerely,      L.  G. 

Dear  Editors:  Hamilton,  Ohio. 

TN  answer  to  the  young  woman's  letter  concerning  the  L.  D. 
*•   S.  ideals  for  marriage: 

First,  Miss  X,  I  would  say  that  if  the  boys  of  your  com- 
munity are  disinterested  in  you  because  you  are  living  those 
ideals,  you  don't  want  them  for  a  husband.  Those  ideals 
are  required  of  boys  as  well  as  girls. 

Any  boy,  whether  he  has  lived  according  to  the  L.  D.  S. 
standards  or  not,  would  give  the  world  to  find  a  girl  who 
had.  Boys  do  not  respect  the  girl  who  does  not  keep  herself 
sacred  and  remain  virtuous.  Just  suppose  that  the  girl  who 
flaunts  her  sex  gets  her  man;  that's  all  she  has,  just  a  man. 
What  might  have  been  a  home  becomes  a  house,  and  what 
would  have  become  happiness  becomes  drudgery. 

If  fewer  girls  would  let  themselves  down  into  the  mire  of 
popularity  by  being  a  so-called  sport,  (when  they  are  really 
making  themselves  toys)  and  smoking  and  drinking  and 
flaunting  sex  there  would  be  a  lot  fewer  broken  homes,  fewer 
law-breakers,  and  a  higher  type  of  civilization  in  general. 

You  said,  "We  few  who  that  are  foolish  are  left  holding 
those  ideals."  The  part  that  makes  you  foolish  is  to  think 
that  you  have  nothing  more  than  those  ideals.     You  spoke  the 


truth  when  you  said  few.  Girls  who  live  these  ideals  are  few. 
(Boys  are  too.)  That's  one  of  the  reasons  why  those  who 
do  hold  to  their  ideals  are  so  priceless.  The  main  reason  is 
that  they  are  eligible  to  become  the  sons  and  daughters  of  God, 
and  the  fathers  and  mothers  of  His  children,  if  not  in  this 
life,  in  the  life  to  come. 

Motherhood  is  the  most  sacred  and  Godly  of  all  God's  gifts 
to  His  children.  If  a  woman  loses  her  self-respect  and  her 
virtue  and  becomes  a  mother  and  does  not  teach  her  daughter 
or  son  the  L.  D.  S.  ideals  for  marriage,  but  rather  to  flaunt 
their  sex  and  become  toys  for  the  immoral  men,  she  loses 
the  God-given  blessings  that  could  have  been  hers,  and 
motherhood  becomes  a  curse. 

Make  yourself  popular  by  L.  D.  S.  ideals  and  personality, 
instead  of  by  means  of  sex  appeal.        J.  H.  B. 

Dear  Editors: 

["  READ  with  interest  the  article  in  the  November  Era  on 
*■  Your  Page  and  Ours  under  the  question,  "What  About  it, 
Boys,  and  Girls,  Too?" 

Since  it  is  such  a  true  echo  of  my  own  life  and  experience, 
I  thought  perhaps  the  author  might  be  interested  in  my  own 
experience.  I  am  sorry  to  say  that  I  allowed  the  hurt  to  turn 
to  bitterness  and  to  ease  the  resulting  suffering  I  turned  to  work 
to  keep  my  mind  busy  to  such  an  extent  that  I  have  sadly 
overtaxed  a  frail  body.  I  would  not  advise  anyone  to  allow 
either  to  sap  her  vitality  for  I  have  come  to  feel  that  it  is 
rather  foolish. 

As  I  am  now  past  life's  summertime,  I  can  sum  up  my 
experiences  and  state  results  as  follows:  When  the  last  ray  of 
hope  for  finding  a  companion  seemed  about  gone,  I  decided 
in  desperation  to  set  aside  my  ideals  a  bit  and  try  the  methods 
I  had  seen  other  girls  use  all  my  life.  Did  I  enjoy  being 
petted  and  kissed?  No!  Instead  of  being  thrilled,  I  only 
felt  that  I  was,  excuse  the  common  slang  expression,  being 
badly — well — .     I  hated  it! 

Like  the  rose  described  in  "Heart  of  the  Rose,"  I  now 
carry  a  few  dark  brown  petals,  but  out  of  it  all  comes  this 
firm  conviction:  These  high  ideals  are  not  worthless  but 
very  sacred  and  precious.  Getting  the  brown  petals  seemed 
to  draw  out  much  of  the  bitterness  and  clear  my  vision.  If 
I  do  not  find  a  man  who  can  appreciate  these  high  ideals,  and 
I  think  it  is  too  late  now,  I  shall  tread  the  pathway  to  eternity 
alone  where,  though  only  work  for  others  awaits  those  who 
go  single,  yet  unhandicapped  by  ill  health,  I  hope  to  find 
more-'  pleasure  in  bringing  joy  to  others  than  I  would  in  vain 
regrets  over  broken  laws  of  life  and  decency. 

If  I  had  a  little  girl  of  my  own,  I  am  not  sure,  but  I  think 
I  would  advise  a  moderate  course  at  least  and  not  leave  her 
to  stumble  blindly  or  carelessly  into  pitfalls.  The  last  time  I 
heard  Elder  Richard  R.  Lyman  deliver  his  address  on  Court- 
ship, I  felt  that  I  could  indorse  it  wholeheartedly,  in  spite  of 
my  loneliness. 

If  you  consider  this  article  worth  printing,  please  do  not 
print  my  name. 

TTf/E   December  number  of  "The  Improvement  Era''  con- 
tained  an  article — "The  Trial  of  Jesus,"  by  Jesse  Udall. 
President  Payne  introduces  Attorney  Udall  to  our  readers. 
Dear  Editors: 

TDISHOP  JESSE  A.  UDALL  is  a  prominent  attorney  of  the 
*-*  State  of  Arizona.  He  served  two  terms  as  County  at- 
torney of  Graham  County.  At  the  present  time  he  represents 
some  large  interests  as  their  legal  advisor.  He  is  a  member  of 
the  legislature  and  has  served  two  terms  in  that  capacity.  He 
is  Major  in  the  National  Guard  of  Arizona.  He  is  at  present 
the  president  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  Gila  College.  He  is 
prominent  in  all  civic  and  ecclesiastical  matters.  He  is  an 
active  member  of  the  Rotary  Club.  He  was  a  member  of  the 
High  Council  of  this  stake  and  was  released  from  that  position 
to  become  Bishop  of  the  Thatcher  Ward.  He  is  a  son  of 
former  President  David  K.  Udall  of  the  St.  Johns  Stake, 
recently  released  as  president  of  the  Arizona  Temple  at  Mesa. 
Bishop  Udall  is  a  very  prominent  man  in  this  community. 
His  residence  is  at  Thatcher  and  his  law  office  is  at  Safford, 
Arizona.  Harry   L.    Payne 

President  St.   Joseph   Stake. 


ANTLE  OF  SNQY/ 


"AIN'T  NATURE  GRAND! 


99 


Such  an  abundance  of  gorgeous  snow  packed  deep  over  our  mountains,  through  canyons  and  ravines 
provides  for  our  future  water  needs  for  the  ensuing  year — 

A  BENEFICIAL  LIFE  CONTRACT  takes  in  so  much  more  territory,  for  it  provides  food,  clothing 
and  other  necessities  of  life  for  years  to  come — In  many  instances  a  Beneficial  Policy  actually  fills  the 
vacant  chair  to  provide  for  the  family,  educate  the  children  or  establish  them  in  business. 

Consult  with  a  Beneficial  representative  regarding  the  policy  for  your  particular  needs  and  circumstances. 

No  matter  what  form  of  insurance,  IF  IT'S  A  BENEFICIAL  POLICY  IT'S  THE  BEST  INSURANCE 
YOU  CAN  BUY. 

BBMEHCMLIIR 

IN  11 


Home    Office 


Salt    Lake    City 


OFFICERS   AND    DIRECTORS 


HEBER    J.    GRANT,    PRESIDENT 

J.    REUBEN    '  LARK,    JR.,    FIRST   VICE-PRESIDENT 

DAVID    O.     N    .KAY,     SECOND    VICE-PRESIDENT 

JOSEPH    FIELDING    SMITH 

E.    T.    RALPHS 


GEORGE  J.   CANNON,    EXECUTIVE  VICE-PRESIDENT 
AXEL    B.    C.    OHLSON,    SECRETARY 

LEO  E.  PENROSE,  Assistant  secretary 

ORVAL  W.   ADAMS 
STEPHEN   L.   CHIPMAN